Avyakt murli for Thursday 3 April 1997

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>103-04-97 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन03-04-97 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban03-04-97 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x03-04-97 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 03-04-1997 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2पुराने संस्कारों को खत्म कर अपने निजी संस्कार धारण करने वाले एवररेडी बनोpurānē saṅskārō̃ kō khatm kar apnē nijī saṅskār dhāraṇ karnē vālē ever ready banōpurānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ever ready bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]old sanskar to finished do[root] one’s own original sanskar adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ever-ready become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]

1Finish your old sanskars and imbibe your original sanskars and become those who are ever­ready.

3आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर से विश्व के बाप के लव में लवलीन और लक्की बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr sē viśhva kē|K bāp kē|K lav|love mē̃ lavlīn aur lucky bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] aur lucky bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere from world (of|K) father (of|K) (Luv|love) in x and lucky child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada is seeing His lucky and lovely children who are merged in the love of the Father of the world.

4हर एक बच्चे के भाग्य पर बाप को भी नाज़ है कि मेरे बच्चे वर्तमान समय इतने महान हैं जो सारे कल्प में चाहे देवता स्वरूप में , चाहे धर्म नेताओं के रूप में , चाहे महात्माओं के रूप में , चाहे पदमपति आत्माओं के रूप में किसी का भी इतना भाग्य नहीं है जितना आप ब्राह्मणों का भाग्य है . har ēk bachchē kē|K bhāgya par bāp kō bhī nāz hai ki mērē bachchē vartamān samay itnē mahān haĩ jō sārē kalp mē̃ chāhē dēvtā svarūp mē̃ , chāhē dharm nētāō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ , chāhē mahātmāō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ , chāhē padampati ātmāō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ kisī kā bhī itnā bhāgya nahī̃ hai jitnā āp brāhmaṇō̃ kā bhāgya hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] padmapati[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child (of|K) x (at|other) father to too pleasure be[pres.sg.23] that I[.kē] child present time such great be[pres.pl.12hon3] that the whole cycle in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) deity form in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) religion founder (of|K) Rup in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) great soul (of|K) Rup in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) multimillionaire soul (of|K) Rup in (anything|some) of too such x not be[pres.sg.23] the more you Brahmin of x be[pres.sg.23] .

3Baba is proud of the fortune of each child: My children are so great at present that, throughout the entire kalpa, not even the deities, the great religious leaders, the great souls, or the multimillion­times fortunate souls have such great fortune as you Brahmins have.

5तो अपने ऐसे श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को सदा स्मृति में रखते हो  ? tō apnē aisē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rakhtē hō  ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then one’s own such elevated x to constantly awareness in keep[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

4So, do you constantly keep this elevated fortune of yours in your awareness?

6सदा यह अनहद गीत मन में गाते रहते हो कि वाह भाग्य विधाता बाप और वाह मुझ श्रेष्ठ आत्मा का भाग्य  ! sadā yah anahad gīt man mē̃ gātē rahtē hō ki vāh bhāgya vidhātā bāp aur vāh mujh śhrēṣhṭh ātmā kā bhāgya  ! sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] anahad[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] vāh bhāgya vidhātā[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vāh maĩ[pn.sg.o.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ! constantly this unending x mind in sing[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] that wah! Bestower of Fortune father and wah! I elevated soul of x  !

5Do you constantly sing this unlimited song in your mind, “Wah Baba, the Bestower of Fortune! 6Wah the fortune of myself, the elevated soul!”

7यह भाग्य का गीत सदा आटोमेटिक बजता रहता है  ? yah bhāgya kā gīt sadā automatic bajtā rahtā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā automatic bajnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]  ? this x of x constantly x x[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]  ?

7Does this song of your fortune constantly play automatically?

8बाप बच्चों को देख-देख सदा हर्षित होते हैं . bāp bachchō̃ kō dēkh-dēkh sadā harṣhit hōtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] sadā harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father child to see[root] constantly cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

8Does this song play? 9Baba is constantly happy to see the children.

9बच्चे भी हर्षित होते हैं लेकिन कभी-कभी बीच में अपने भाग्य को इमर्ज करने के बजाए मर्ज कर देते हैं . bachchē bhī harṣhit hōtē haĩ lēkin kabhī-kabhī bīch mē̃ apnē bhāgya kō emerge karnē kē bajāē merge kar dētē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kabhī[adv.] bīch mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] merge karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . child too cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but ever centre in one’s own x to emerge do[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of merge do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

10Children are also happy, but now and then, instead of letting their fortune remain emerged, they allow it to become merged.

10जब बाप देखते हैं कि बच्चों के अन्दर अपने सौभाग्य का नशा , निश्चय मर्ज हो जाता है तो क्या कहेंगे  ? jab bāp dēkhtē haĩ ki bachchō̃ kē|K andar apnē saubhāgya kā naśhā , niśhchay merge hō jātā hai tō kyā kahē̃gē  ? jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saubhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? when father see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child (of|K) inside one’s own fortune of intoxication , faith merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

11When Baba sees that the children have merged the intoxication of their hundred­fold fortune and faith, what does He say?

11ड्रामा . drama . drama . drama .

12Drama!

12लेकिन बापदादा सभी बच्चों को सदा ही भाग्य के स्मृति स्वरूप देखने चाहते हैं . lēkin bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō sadā hī bhāgya kē|K smr̥iti svarūp dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā hī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti svarūp[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but BapDada all child to constantly only x (of|K) x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

13However, BapDada always wishes to see all the children as an embodiment of awareness of their fortune.

13आप भी सभी चाहते यही हैं ` लेकिन ' … बीच में आ जाता है . āp bhī sabhī chāhtē yahī haĩ ` lēkin ' … bīch mē̃ ā jātā hai . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ` lēkin ' … bīch mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . you too all x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this be[pres.pl.12hon3] ` but ' … centre in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

14All of you also want this, but something comes in­between.

14किसी से भी पूछो तो सब बच्चे यही लक्ष्य रख करके चल रहे हैं कि मुझे बाप समान बनना ही है . kisī sē bhī pūchhō tō sab bachchē yahī lakṣhya rakh karkē chal rahē haĩ ki mujhē bāp samān bannā hī hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[root] karnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) from too ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then all child this aim keep[root] do[abs.] continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that I[.kō] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

15If any of you is asked what your aim is, then all the children are moving along with the aim: I have to become equal to the Father.

15लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा है . lakṣhya bahut achchhā hai . lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . aim very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

16The aim is very good.

16जब लक्ष्य श्रेष्ठ है , बहुत अच्छा है फिर कभी इमर्ज रूप , कभी मर्ज रूप क्यों  ? jab lakṣhya śhrēṣhṭh hai , bahut achchhā hai phir kabhī emerge rūp , kabhī merge rūp kyō̃  ? jab lakṣhya[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃  ? when aim elevated be[pres.sg.23] , very achcha be[pres.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) ever emerge Rup , ever merge Rup why  ?

17Since your aim is so elevated and very good, then why is it sometimes in a merged form and sometimes in an emerged form?

17कारण क्या  ? kāraṇ kyā  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? because what  ?

18What is the reason for this?

18बापदादा से इतने अच्छे-अच्छे वायदे भी करते हैं , रूहरिहान भी करते हैं फिर भी लक्ष्य और लक्षण में अन्तर क्यों  ? bāpdādā sē itnē achchhē-achchhē vāydē bhī kartē haĩ , rūhrihān bhī kartē haĩ phir bhī lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ mē̃ antar kyō̃  ? bāpdādā sē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir bhī[x] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃  ? BapDada from such achcha promise too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , spiritual conversation too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nevertheless aim and qualification in difference why  ?

19You make such good promises to BapDada; you have a heart­to­heart conversation with BapDada; so, in that case, why is there a difference between your aim and the qualifications?

19तो बापदादा ने रिजल्ट में देखा कि कारण क्या है  ? tō bāpdādā nē result mē̃ dēkhā ki kāraṇ kyā hai  ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then BapDada ∅ result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that because what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

20BapDada saw what the reason for the result is.

20वैसे तो आप सब जानते हैं , नई बात नहीं है फिर भी बापदादा रिवाइज कराते हैं . vaisē tō āp sab jāntē haĩ , naī bāt nahī̃ hai phir bhī bāpdādā revise karātē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] bāpdādā revise karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x then you all know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , new matter not be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless BapDada x make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

21In fact, all of you know it. 22It is not anything new, but nevertheless, BapDada will revise it for you.

21बापदादा ने देखा तीन बातें हैं - एक है सोचना , संकल्प करना . bāpdādā nē dēkhā tīn bātē̃ haĩ - ēk hai sōchnā , saṅkalp karnā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] x matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] - one be[pres.sg.23] think[inf.m.sg.d.] , thought do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

23BapDada saw that there are three things: One is to think, that is, to create thoughts.

22दूसरा है बोलना , वर्णन करना और तीसरा है कर्म में प्रैक्टिकल अनुभव में और चलन में लाना , कर्म में लाना . dūsrā hai bōlnā , varṇan karnā aur tīsrā hai karma mē̃ practical anubhav mē̃ aur chalan mē̃ lānā , karma mē̃ lānā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] practical anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . other be[pres.sg.23] speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[inf.m.sg.d.] and third be[pres.sg.23] deed in practical experience in and behaviour in x[inf.m.sg.d.] , deed in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

24The second is to speak, that is, to relate. 25The third is to put into your actions, in your practical activity and behaviour.

23तो तीनों का समान बैलेन्स कम है . tō tīnō̃ kā samān balance cum|kam hai . tō tīnō̃[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samān[adj.] balance cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all three of equal balance (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .

26So, an equal balance of the three is lacking.

24जब बैलेन्स होता है तो निश्चय और नशा इमर्ज होता है और जब बैलेन्स कम है तो निश्चय और नशा मर्ज हो जाता है . jab balance hōtā hai tō niśhchay aur naśhā emerge hōtā hai aur jab balance cum|kam hai tō niśhchay aur naśhā merge hō jātā hai . jab balance hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur jab balance cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . when balance be[pres.sg.m.23] then faith and intoxication emerge be[pres.sg.m.23] and when balance (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then faith and intoxication merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

27When there is balance, the faith and intoxication is emerged and when the balance is lacking, your intoxication and faith become merged.

25रिजल्ट में देखा गया कि सोचने की गति बहुत अच्छी भी है और फास्ट भी है . result mē̃ dēkhā gayā ki sōchnē kī|key gati bahut achchhī bhī hai aur fast bhī hai . result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..passive] ki[conj.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur fast bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result in (see[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|see[past-part.m.sg.d..passive]) that think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed very achcha too be[pres.sg.23] and fast too be[pres.sg.23] . 26बोलने में रफ्तार और नशा वह भी 75 परसेन्ट ठीक है . bōlnē mē̃ raphtār aur naśhā vah bhī 75 percent ṭhīk hai . bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] raphtār[n.f.;sg.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] 75 percent ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in speed and intoxication that too 75 % OK be[pres.sg.23] .

28The result seen is that your speed of thinking is very good and fast; your speed and intoxication in speaking is also 75% all right.

27बोलने में मैजारिटी होशियार भी हैं लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल चलन में लाने में टोटल मार्क्स कम हैं . bōlnē mē̃ majority hōśhiyār bhī haĩ lēkin practical chalan mē̃ lānē mē̃ total marks cum|kam haĩ . bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] majority hōśhiyār[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin practical chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] total mark cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in majority clever too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but practical behaviour in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in total mark (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

29The majority of you are clever in speaking, but the marks are absolutely low in putting this into your practical activity.

28तो दो बातों में ठीक हैं लेकिन तीसरी बात में बहुत कम हैं . tō dō bātō̃ mē̃ ṭhīk haĩ lēkin tīsrī bāt mē̃ bahut cum|kam haĩ . tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bahut cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter in OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] but third matter in very (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

30So, you are all right in two aspects, but very low in the third aspect. 31What is the reason for this?

29कारण  ? kāraṇ  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? because  ? 30जब संकल्प भी अच्छा है , बोल भी बहुत सुन्दर रूप में हैं फिर प्रैक्टिकल में कम क्यों होता है  ? jab saṅkalp bhī achchhā hai , bōl bhī bahut sundar rūp mē̃ haĩ phir practical mē̃ cum|kam kyō̃ hōtā hai  ? jab saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bhī[p.] bahut sundar[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] practical mē̃[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? when thought too achcha be[pres.sg.23] , (x|speak[root]) too very x Rup in be[pres.pl.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) practical in (x|less) why be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

32Since your thoughts are very good and your words are also very beautiful, then why is it not so good in your practical form?

31कारण क्या , जानते हो  ? kāraṇ kyā , jāntē hō  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā , jānnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? because what , know[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

33What is the reason for this?

32हाँ या ना बोलो . hā̃ yā nā bōlō . hā̃ yā nā bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes or ∅ speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

34What is the reason?

33जानते बहुत अच्छा हैं . jāntē bahut achchhā haĩ . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

35Do you know? 36Say “yes” or “no”!

34अगर किसी को भी कहेंगे इस टापिक पर भाषण करो या क्लास कराओ तो कितना अच्छा क्लास करायेंगे  ! agar kisī kō bhī kahē̃gē is topic par bhāṣhaṇ karō yā class karāō tō kitnā achchhā class karāyēṅgē  ! agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.o.] topic par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā class karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! if (anything|some) to too say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this topic (at|other) lecture do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or class make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so achcha class make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

37You know why very well. 38If any of you are told to give a lecture on a particular topic or to give a class, you would give a very good class.

35और बड़े निश्चय , नशे , फलक से भाषण भी करेंगे , क्लास भी करायेंगे . aur baṛē niśhchay , naśhē , phalak sē bhāṣhaṇ bhī karē̃gē , class bhī karāyēṅgē . aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , class bhī[p.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and very faith , intoxication , sparkle of intoxication from lecture too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , class too make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 36कराते हैं . karātē haĩ . karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

39And you would even give a lecture with a lot of intoxication, faith and sparkle; you would even conduct class.

37बापदादा सबके क्लासेज़ सुनते हैं क्या-क्या बोलते हैं . bāpdādā sabkē classes suntē haĩ kyā-kyā bōltē haĩ . bāpdādā sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] class sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada everyone's class listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

40You do do this. 41BapDada listens to everyone’s classes as to what you say.

38मुस्कुराते रहते हैं , वाह  ! muskurātē rahtē haĩ , vāh  ! x rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vāh  ! x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , wah!  !

42He continues to smile!

39वाह बच्चे वाह  ! vāh bachchē vāh  ! vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! wah! child wah!  !

43Wah child, wah!

40मूल बात है - बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है यह रिवाइज कोर्स चल रहा है . mūl bāt hai - bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai yah revise course chal rahā hai . mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] revise course chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . main matter be[pres.sg.23] - BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] this x course continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

44BapDada told you earlier also, that the main thing that is now taking place is the revised course.

41तो बाप कहते हैं कि कारण एक ही है , ज्यादा भी नहीं है , एक ही कारण है और बापदादा समझते हैं कि कारण को निवारण करना मुश्किल भी नहीं है , बहुत सहज है . tō bāp kahtē haĩ ki kāraṇ ēk hī hai , jyādā bhī nahī̃ hai , ēk hī kāraṇ hai aur bāpdādā samajhtē haĩ ki kāraṇ kō nivāraṇ karnā muśhkil bhī nahī̃ hai , bahut sahaj hai . tō bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāpdādā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then the Father says that because one only be[pres.sg.23] , more too not be[pres.sg.23] , one only because be[pres.sg.23] and BapDada understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that because to solution do[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult too not be[pres.sg.23] , very easy be[pres.sg.23] . 42लेकिन सहज को मुश्किल बना देते हैं . lēkin sahaj kō muśhkil banā dētē haĩ . lēkin sahaj[adj.] kō[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . but easy to difficult create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

45So Baba says: There is only one reason; there are not many reasons, but there is just one reason. 46BapDada understands that it is not difficult to find a solution for the reason; that it is very easy, but you make something easy very difficult. 47Is it difficult?

43मुश्किल है नहीं , बना देते हैं , क्यों  ? muśhkil hai nahī̃ , banā dētē haĩ , kyō̃  ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , kyō̃  ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] not , create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , why  ?

48No. 49Why? 50Your intoxication becomes merged.

44नशा मर्ज हो जाता है . naśhā merge hō jātā hai . naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . intoxication merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

51There is just one reason.

45एक ही कारण है जो भी धारणा की बातें सुनते हो , करते भी हो , चाहे शक्तियों के रूप में , चाहे गुणों के रूप में , धारणा की बातें बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी करते हो , इतनी अच्छी करते हो जो सुनने वाले चाहे अज्ञानी , चाहे ज्ञानी सुनकर बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा कहकर खूब तालियां बजाते हैं , बहुत अच्छा कहा . ēk hī kāraṇ hai jō bhī dhārṇā kī|key bātē̃ suntē hō , kartē bhī hō , chāhē śhaktiyō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ , chāhē guṇō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ , dhārṇā kī|key bātē̃ bahut achchhī-achchhī kartē hō , itnī achchhī kartē hō jō sunnē vālē chāhē agyānī , chāhē gyānī sunkar bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā kahkar khūb tāliyā̃ bajātē haĩ , bahut achchhā kahā . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.2] , karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] agyānī[adj.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gyānī[adj.] sunnā[abs.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[abs.] khūb[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . one only because be[pres.sg.23] that too dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter listen[pres.pl.m.2] , do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shakti (of|K) Rup in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) virtue (of|K) Rup in , dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter very achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] , such achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] that listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) ignorant , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) gyani listen[abs.] very achcha , very achcha say[abs.] a lot clapping play[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very achcha say[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

52Whatever you hear in terms of aspects to imbibe and whatever you speak of, whether in terms of powers or virtues, you speak very well about the things to imbibe. 53You speak of very good things of dharna. 54You speak so well about this that whether the souls listening are gyani or not, they all say, “It is very good, it is very good”. 55They applaud you and say that you spoke very well.

46लेकिन , कितने बार ` लेकिन ' आया  ? lēkin , kitnē bār ` lēkin ' āyā  ? lēkin , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ` lēkin ' ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? but , so time ` but ' come[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

56However, did you see how many times you used the word “but”.

47यह ` लेकिन ' ही विघ्न डाल देता है . yah ` lēkin ' hī vighna ḍāl dētā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] ` lēkin ' hī[p.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this ` but ' only obstacle create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .

57This word “but” causes an obstacle.

48` लेकिन ' शब्द समाप्त होना अर्थात् बाप समान-समीप आना और बाप के समीप आना अर्थात् समय को समीप लाना . ` lēkin ' śhabda samāpt hōnā arthāt bāp samān-samīp ānā aur bāp kē|K samīp ānā arthāt samay kō samīp lānā . ` lēkin ' śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ` but ' word finished be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is father x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and father (of|K) close (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is time to close x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

58For the word “but” to finish means to come close to the stage of being equal to the Father. 59And to come close to the Father means to bring time close. 60However, even now, you still have to use the word “but”.

49लेकिन अभी तक ` लेकिन ' शब्द कहना पड़ता है . lēkin abhī tak ` lēkin ' śhabda kahnā paṛtā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak ` lēkin ' śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . but now until ` but ' word say[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

61Baba does not like it, but He has to say it. 62So what is the reason for this?

50बाप को अच्छा नहीं लगता , लेकिन कहना ही पड़ता है . bāp kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā , lēkin kahnā hī paṛtā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father to achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , but say[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] . 51तो कारण क्या  ? tō kāraṇ kyā  ? tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? then because what  ?

63Whatever you say, whatever you imbibe, whatever you imbibe as your dharna, that dharna also continues for quite some time.

52जो भी कहते हो , धारण भी करते हो , धारणा के रूप से धारण करते हो और वह धारणा किसकी थोड़ा समय , किसकी ज्यादा समय भी चलती है लेकिन धारणा प्रैक्टिकल में सदा बढ़ती चले उसके लिए यही मुख्य बात है कि जैसे द्वापर से लेकर अन्तिम जन्म तक जो भी अवगुण वा कमजोरियां हैं उसकी धारणा संस्कार रूप में बन गई हैं और संस्कार बनने के कारण मेहनत नहीं करना पड़ता . jō bhī kahtē hō , dhāraṇ bhī kartē hō , dhārṇā kē|K rūp sē dhāraṇ kartē hō aur vah dhārṇā kiskī thōṛā samay , kiskī jyādā samay bhī chaltī hai lēkin dhārṇā practical mē̃ sadā baṛhtī chalē uskē liē yahī mukhya bāt hai ki jaisē dvāpar sē lēkar antim janm tak jō bhī avguṇ vā kamjōriyā̃ haĩ uskī dhārṇā saṅskār rūp mē̃ ban gaī haĩ aur saṅskār bannē kē|K kāraṇ mēhnat nahī̃ karnā paṛtā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kaun[pn.sg.kī] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] practical mē̃[postp.] sadā baṛhnā[pres-part.f.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē yahī[pn.;d.] mukhya[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] antim[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] tak jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] avguṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] aur saṅskār[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that too say[pres.pl.m.2] , adopting too do[pres.pl.m.2] , dharna (of|K) Rup from adopt[pres.pl.m.2] and that dharna who[.kī] short time , who[.kī] more time too continue[pres.sg.f.23] but dharna practical in constantly grow[pres-part.f.] (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) this main matter be[pres.sg.23] that like copper age from take[abs.] final (life|be born[root]) until that too defect or weakness be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] dharna sanskar Rup in become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] and sanskar become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because effort not do[inf.m.sg.d.] fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

64For some, it continues for some time and for others, it continues for longer. 65But, the main aspect is for the dharna to continue in a practical way constantly. 66From the copper age to this last birth, everything is a matter of the past birth, and not of this present birth of having died alive. 67So whatever dharna of defects you have from previous births or whatever weaknesses you have, they have taken on the form of sanskars.

53छोड़ना भी चाहते हैं , अच्छा नहीं लगता है फिर भी कहते हैं क्या करें , मेरा संस्कार ऐसा है . chhōṛnā bhī chāhtē haĩ , achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai phir bhī kahtē haĩ kyā karē̃ , mērā saṅskār aisā hai . chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] phir bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] nevertheless say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , I[.kā] sanskar such be[pres.sg.23] .

68And because they have become your sanskars, you do not have to make effort for them, but rather you wish to let go of them.

54आप बुरा नहीं मानना , मेरा संस्कार ऐसा है . āp burā nahī̃ mānnā , mērā saṅskār aisā hai . āp[pn.pl.] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you bad not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , I[.kā] sanskar such be[pres.sg.23] .

69You do not like it, but even then you say, “What can I do?

55संस्कार बना कैसे  ? saṅskār banā kaisē  ? saṅskār[x] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? sanskar (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) how  ?

70My sanskar is like this.

56बनाया तभी तो बना ना  ! banāyā tabhī tō banā nā  ! banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tabhī tō bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] nā  ! create[past-part.m.sg.d.] x then (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) ∅  !

71Don’t think badly of it, for my sanskar is like this.”

57तो जब द्वापर से यह उल्टे संस्कार बन गये , जिससे आप समय पर मजबूर भी होते हो फिर भी कहते हो क्या करें , संस्कार हैं . tō jab dvāpar sē yah ulṭē saṅskār ban gayē , jissē āp samay par majbūr bhī hōtē hō phir bhī kahtē hō kyā karē̃ , saṅskār haĩ . tō jab dvāpar sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , jō[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] majbūr[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] phir bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then when copper age from this upside down sanskar become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , that[.sē] you time (at|other) x too be[pres.pl.m.2] nevertheless say[pres.pl.m.2] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

72How was the sanskar created? 73It was created when you created it. 74So, you created these wrong sanskars from the copper age, through which you are compelled at times, and you say, “What can I do?

58तो संस्कार सहज , न चाहते हुए भी प्रैक्टिकल में आ जाते हैं ना  ! tō saṅskār sahaj , na chāhtē huē bhī practical mē̃ ā jātē haĩ nā  ! tō saṅskār[x] sahaj[adj.] , na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] practical mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā  ! then sanskar easy , not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too practical in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅  !

75My sanskars are like this.” 76So the sanskars easily take a practical form even when you don’t want them to.

59किसी को क्रोध आ जाता है , थोड़े समय के बाद कहते हैं आप बुरा नहीं मानना , मेरा संस्कार है . kisī kō krōdh ā jātā hai , thōṛē samay kē bād kahtē haĩ āp burā nahī̃ mānnā , mērā saṅskār hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) to anger come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , short time after say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] you bad not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , I[.kā] sanskar be[pres.sg.23] .

77They come into play, do they not? 78Some become angry and then, after a little while, they say, “Don’t think badly of this; it’s just my sanskar”.

60क्रोध को संस्कार बनाया , अवगुण को संस्कार बनाया और गुणों को संस्कार क्यों नहीं बनाया है  ? krōdh kō saṅskār banāyā , avguṇ kō saṅskār banāyā aur guṇō̃ kō saṅskār kyō̃ nahī̃ banāyā hai  ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saṅskār[x] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , avguṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saṅskār[x] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] saṅskār[x] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? anger to sanskar create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , defect to sanskar create[past-part.m.sg.d.] and virtue to sanskar why not create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

79You made anger your sanskar, you made the defects your sanskars, so why did you not make the virtues your sanskars? 80Take every virtue, every power.

61जैसे क्रोध अज्ञान की शक्ति है और ज्ञान की शक्ति शान्ति है . jaisē krōdh agyān kī|key śhakti hai aur gyān kī|key śhakti śhānti hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhānti hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like anger ignorance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti be[pres.sg.23] and knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti peace be[pres.sg.23] . 62सहन शक्ति है . sahan śhakti hai . sahan[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . tolerance Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .

81Just as anger is a power, the power of ignorance is anger and the power of knowledge and the power to tolerate is peace.

63तो अज्ञान की शक्ति क्रोध को बहुत अच्छी तरह से संस्कार बना लिया है और यूज़ भी करते रहते हो फिर माफी भी लेते रहते हो . tō agyān kī|key śhakti krōdh kō bahut achchhī tarah sē saṅskār banā liyā hai aur use bhī kartē rahtē hō phir māphī bhī lētē rahtē hō . tō agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] saṅskār[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] aur use bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] māphī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then ignorance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti anger to very achcha x from sanskar (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]) and use too do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] (turn[root]|then) x too take[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

82You have made anger your sanskar in a very good way and you continue to use it and then you even ask for forgiveness, “Forgive me; it won’t happen in the future”.

64माफ कर देना , आगे से नहीं होगा . māph kar dēnā , āgē sē nahī̃ hōgā . māph[adj.] karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āgē sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] , previously from not be[fut.m.sg.23] .

83However, it happens even more in the future.

65और आगे और ज्यादा होता है . aur āgē aur jyādā hōtā hai . aur āgē aur jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and previously and more be[pres.sg.m.23] .

84What is the reason for this?

66कारण  ? kāraṇ  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? because  ? 67क्योंकि संस्कार बना दिया है . kyōṅki saṅskār banā diyā hai . kyōṅki saṅskār[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . because sanskar (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .

85It is because you have made it your sanskar.

68तो बापदादा एक ही बात बच्चों को बार-बार सुनाते हैं कि अभी हर गुण को , हर ज्ञान की बात को संस्कार रूप में बनाओ . tō bāpdādā ēk hī bāt bachchō̃ kō bār-bār sunātē haĩ ki abhī har|her guṇ kō , har|her gyān kī|key bāt kō saṅskār rūp mē̃ banāō . tō bāpdādā ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , har|harnā[root]|her gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] saṅskār[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada one only matter child to time speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now (x|x[root]) virtue to , (x|x[root]) knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter to sanskar Rup in create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

86BapDada tells the children the same thing again and again: Make every virtue and every aspect of knowledge your sanskar.

69ब्राह्मण आत्माओं के निजी संस्कार कौन से हैं  ? brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kē|K nijī saṅskār kaun sē haĩ  ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? Brahmin soul (of|K) original sanskar who from be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

87Just think what the original sanskar of Brahmin souls is.

70क्रोध या सहनशक्ति  ? krōdh yā sahanśhakti  ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]  ? anger or x  ?

88Is it anger or tolerance?

71कौन सा है  ? kaun sā hai  ? kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? which be[pres.sg.23]  ?

89What is it?

72सहनशक्ति , शान्ति की शक्ति यह है ना  ! sahanśhakti , śhānti kī|key śhakti yah hai nā  ! sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! x , peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti this be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

90It is tolerance and peace, is it not?

73तो अवगुणों को तो सहज ही संस्कार बना दिया , कूट-कूट कर अन्दर डाल दिया है जो न चाहते भी निकलता रहता है . tō avguṇō̃ kō tō sahaj hī saṅskār banā diyā , kūṭ-kūṭ kar andar ḍāl diyā hai jō na chāhtē bhī nikaltā rahtā hai . tō avguṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] saṅskār[x] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , kūṭnā[root] karnā[root] andar ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] jō[pn.;d.] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then defect to then easy only sanskar (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) , grind[root] do[root] inside create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be extracted[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

91You have made the defects your sanskars very easily. 92You have ground them into yourself in such a way, that they even continue to emerge when you don’t want them to.

74ऐसे हर गुण को अन्दर कूट-कूट कर संस्कार बनाओ . aisē har|her guṇ kō andar kūṭ-kūṭ kar saṅskār banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] andar kūṭnā[root] karnā[root] saṅskār[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such (x|x[root]) virtue to inside grind[root] do[root] sanskar create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

93In the same way, grind every virtue into yourself and make it your sanskar.

75मेरा निज़ी संस्कार कौन सा है  ? mērā nizī saṅskār kaun sā hai  ? maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? I[.kā] original sanskar which be[pres.sg.23]  ?

94Always remember what your original sanskar is.

76यह सदा याद रखो . yah sadā yād rakhō . yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this constantly remember . 77वह तो रावण की जायदाद संस्कार बना दिया . vah tō rāvaṇ kī|key jāydād saṅskār banā diyā . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jāydād[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . that then Ravan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x sanskar (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .

95The other is the property of Ravan which you have made your sanskar.

78पराये माल को अपना बना लिया . parāyē māl kō apnā banā liyā . parāyā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . foreign rich food to (adopt[root]|one’s own) (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]) .

96You have made something that doesn’t belong to you your own.

79अब बाप के खज़ाने को अपना बनाओ . ab bāp kē|K khazānē kō apnā banāō . ab[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now father (of|K) treasure to (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

97Now make the Father’s treasures your own.

80रावण की चीज़ को सम्भाल कर रखा है और बाप की चीज़ को गुम कर देते हो , क्यों  ? rāvaṇ kī|key chīz kō sambhāl kar rakhā hai aur bāp kī|key chīz kō gum kar dētē hō , kyō̃  ? rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+rakhnā] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] gum[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , kyō̃  ? Ravan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) thing to (x|be careful[root]) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+rakhnā] and father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) thing to disappeared do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , why  ?

98You keep Ravan’s property carefully with yourself and you lose the things that Baba gives you! 99Why?

81रावण से प्यार है  ! rāvaṇ sē pyār hai  ! rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Ravan from love be[pres.sg.23]  !

100You have love for Ravan.

82रावण अच्छा लगता है या बाप अच्छा लगता है  ? rāvaṇ achchhā lagtā hai yā bāp achchhā lagtā hai  ? rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? Ravan enjoy or father enjoy  ?

101Do you like Ravan? 102Or, do you like Baba?

83कहेंगे तो सभी बाप अच्छा लगता है , यही मन से कह रहे हैं ना  ? kahē̃gē tō sabhī bāp achchhā lagtā hai , yahī man sē kah rahē haĩ nā  ? kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā  ? say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then all father enjoy , this mind from say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅  ?

103All of you would say that you like the Father. 104All of you are saying this in your mind, are you not?

84लेकिन जो अच्छा लगता है उसकी बात निश्चय की स्याही से दिल में समा जाती है . lēkin jō achchhā lagtā hai uskī bāt niśhchay kī syāhī sē dil mē̃ samā jātī hai . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] bāt[n.f.;sg.] niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] syāhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . but that enjoy that[.kī] matter have the faith x from heart in merge[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

105But, the things said by the One you like would become engraved on your heart with the ink of faith.

85जब कोई रावण के संस्कार के वश होते हैं और फिर भी कहते रहते हैं - बाबा आपसे मेरा बहुत प्यार है , बहुत प्यार है . jab kōī rāvaṇ kē|K saṅskār kē|K vaśh hōtē haĩ aur phir bhī kahtē rahtē haĩ - bābā āpsē mērā bahut pyār hai , bahut pyār hai . jab kōī[pn.;d.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur phir bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] - bābā āp[pn.pl.sē] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when some Ravan (of|K) sanskar (of|K) control be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and nevertheless say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] - Baba you[.sē] I[.kā] very love be[pres.sg.23] , very love be[pres.sg.23] . 86बाप पूछते हैं कितना प्यार है  ? bāp pūchhtē haĩ kitnā pyār hai  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? father ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] so love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

106When someone is under the influence of Ravan’s sanskars and yet continues to say that he has a lot of love for Baba, then Baba would ask: How much love do you have?

87तो कहते हैं आकाश से भी ज्यादा . tō kahtē haĩ ākāśh sē bhī jyādā . tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ākāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ether from too more .

107He would reply: Even greater than the sky.

88बाप सुनकरके खुश भी होते हैं कि कितने भोले बच्चे हैं . bāp sunkarkē khuśh bhī hōtē haĩ ki kitnē bhōlē bachchē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhōlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father listen[abs.] happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that so innocent child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

108Baba becomes happy on hearing that the child is so innocent.

89फिर भी बाप कहते हैं कि बाप का सभी बच्चों से वायदा है - कि दिल से अगर एक बार भी ' ' मेरा बाबा ` ` बोल दिया , फिर भले बीच-बीच में भूल जाते हो लेकिन एक बार भी दिल से बोला ' ' मेरा बाबा ` ` , तो बाप भी कहते हैं जो भी हो , जैसे भी हो मेरे ही हो . phir bhī bāp kahtē haĩ ki bāp kā sabhī bachchō̃ sē vāydā hai - ki dil sē agar ēk bār bhī ' ' mērā bābā ` ` bōl diyā , phir bhalē bīch-bīch mē̃ bhūl jātē hō lēkin ēk bār bhī dil sē bōlā ' ' mērā bābā ` ` , tō bāp bhī kahtē haĩ jō bhī hō , jaisē bhī hō mērē hī hō . phir bhī[x] bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ki[conj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] agar ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ' ' maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā ` ` bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ' ' maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā ` ` , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . nevertheless the Father says that father of all child from promise be[pres.sg.23] - that heart from if one time too ' ' I[.kā] Baba ` ` speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , (turn[root]|then) benefit x x[pres.pl.m.2] but one time too heart from speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ' ' I[.kā] Baba ` ` , then father too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , like too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) I[.kē] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

109Nevertheless, Baba says: Baba promised all the children that because you said, “Baba, my Baba”, because you said this, even once from your heart, then even though you forget Baba in­ between, it is because you said, “My Baba”, from your heart once, that Baba also says: “Whatever you are, however you are, you are Mine”.

90ले तो जाना ही है . lē tō jānā hī hai . lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] tō jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) then (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .

110Baba has to take you back.

91सिर्फ बाप चाहते हैं कि बराती बनकर नहीं चलना , सज़नी बनकर चलना . sirph bāp chāhtē haĩ ki barātī bankar nahī̃ chalnā , saznī bankar chalnā . sirph[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] x bannā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sajnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only father x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x become[abs.] not continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , x become[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] .

111Baba simply wants you to go as a bride and not as part of the wedding procession.

92सुनकर के तो सभी बहुत खुश हो रहे हैं . sunkar kē|K tō sabhī bahut khuśh hō rahē haĩ . sunnā[abs.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tō sab[adv.hī] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . listen[abs.] (of|K) then all very happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

112All of you are very happy to hear this.

93अपने ऊपर हंसी भी आ रही है . apnē ūpar hansī bhī ā rahī hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar hãsnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . one’s own over laugh out[past-part.f.] too come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

113You are even laughing at yourself.

94अभी सुनने के समय अपने ऊपर हंसते हो ना  ! abhī sunnē kē|K samay apnē ūpar hanstē hō nā  ! ab[adv.hī] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar hãsnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! now listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time one’s own over laugh out[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

114Now, at the time of hearing this, you are laughing at yourself.

95अपने ऊपर हंसी आती है और जब जोश करते हो तब लाल , पीले हो जाते हो . apnē ūpar hansī ātī hai aur jab jōśh kartē hō tab lāl , pīlē hō jātē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar hãsnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] aur jab jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tab lāl[adj.] , pīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . one’s own over laugh out[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] and when x do[pres.pl.m.2] for only then x , x be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

115You are laughing at your own self. 116However, when you become forceful, you become bright red.

96लेकिन बाप ने रिजल्ट में देखा कि बच्चों में एक विशेषता बहुत अच्छी है , कौन सी  ? lēkin bāp nē result mē̃ dēkhā ki bachchō̃ mē̃ ēk viśhēṣhtā bahut achchhī hai , kaun see|sī|C  ? lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C  ? but father ∅ result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that child in one speciality very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , who (see|x)  ?

117BapDada has seen the result that the children have one very good speciality. 118What is that?

97पवित्रता में रहना , इसके लिए कितना भी सहन करना पड़ा है , कितना भी आपोजीशन करने वाले सामने आये हैं लेकिन इस बात में 75 परसेन्ट अच्छे हैं . pavitratā mē̃ rahnā , iskē liē kitnā bhī sahan karnā paṛā hai , kitnā bhī opposition karnē vālē sāmnē āyē haĩ lēkin is bāt mē̃ 75 percent achchhē haĩ . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahan[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] opposition karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] 75 percent achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . purity in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) so too tolerance do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.oblig2] , so too opposition do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but this matter in 75 % achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

119Of maintaining purity. 120No matter how much you have to tolerate for this, no matter how many come to oppose you, in this aspect, 75% are good.

98कोई-कोई गसिया ( गपोड़ा ) भी लगाते हैं लेकिन फिर भी 75 परसेन्ट ने इस बात में पास होकर दिखलाया है . kōī-kōī gasiyā ( gapōṛā ) bhī lagātē haĩ lēkin phir bhī 75 percent nē is bāt mē̃ pās|pass hōkar dikhlāyā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] x ( gapōṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ) bhī[p.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] 75 percent nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[abs.] dikhlānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some x ( x ) too attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but nevertheless 75 % ∅ this matter in (x|pass) be[abs.] show[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

121Some even speak of wasteful things unnecessarily, nevertheless, 75% have passed in this aspect.

99अब उसके बाद दूसरा सबजेक्ट कौन सा आता है  ? ab uskē bād dūsrā subject kaun sā ātā hai  ? ab[adv.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bād dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] subject kaun sā[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? now of that[.kē] after other subject which come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

122However, what is the second subject that comes up?

100क्रोध . krōdh . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . anger .

123Anger.

101देह-भान तो टोटल है ही . dēh-bhān tō total hai hī . dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō total hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . body consciousness then total be[pres.sg.23] only .

124Of course there is total body consciousness.

102लेकिन देखा गया है कि क्रोध की सबजेक्ट में बहुत कम पास हैं . lēkin dēkhā gayā hai ki krōdh kī|key subject mē̃ bahut cum|kam pās|pass haĩ . lēkin dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] bahut cum|kam[adj.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) that anger (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in very (x|less) (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

125But it has been seen that very few have passed in the subject of anger.

103ऐसे समझते हैं कि शायद क्रोध कोई विकार नहीं है , यह शस्त्र है , विकार नहीं है . aisē samajhtē haĩ ki śhāyad krōdh kōī vikār nahī̃ hai , yah śhastra hai , vikār nahī̃ hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] śhāyad krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that perhaps anger some vice not be[pres.sg.23] , this weapon be[pres.sg.23] , vice not be[pres.sg.23] .

126They think perhaps that anger is not a vice, that it is a weapon, but not a vice.

104लेकिन क्रोध ज्ञानी तू आत्मा के लिए महाशत्रु है . lēkin krōdh gyānī tū ātmā kē liē mahāśhatru hai . lēkin krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] mahāśhatru[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but anger gyani you soul for x be[pres.sg.23] .

127However, anger for a gyani soul is a great enemy. 128Why?

105क्योंकि क्रोध अनेक आत्माओं के सम्बन्ध , सम्पर्क में आने से प्रसिद्ध हो जाता है और क्रोध को देख करके बाप के नाम की बहुत ग्लानी होती है . kyōṅki krōdh anēk ātmāō̃ kē|K sambandh , samparka mē̃ ānē sē prasiddh hō jātā hai aur krōdh kō dēkh karkē bāp kē|K nām kī|key bahut glānī hōtī hai . kyōṅki krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut glāni[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because anger many soul (of|K) relationship , x in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and anger to see[root] do[abs.] father (of|K) name (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very defamation be[pres.sg.f.23] .

129Anger is revealed when you come into contact and relationship with many souls. 130And when that anger is seen, Baba’s name is defamed a great deal.

106कहने वाले यही कहते हैं , देख लिया ज्ञानी तू आत्मा बच्चों को . kahnē vālē yahī kahtē haĩ , dēkh liyā gyānī tū ātmā bachchō̃ kō . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] gyani you soul child to .

131Those who see this would say sarcastically, “We have seen the gyani souls!” 132There are many forms of anger.

107क्रोध के बहुत रूप हैं . krōdh kē|K bahut rūp haĩ . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . anger (of|K) very Rup be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

133You know one great form very well.

108एक तो महान रूप आप अच्छी तरह से जानते हो , दिखाई देता है - यह क्रोध कर रहा है . ēk tō mahān rūp āp achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō , dikhāī dētā hai - yah krōdh kar rahā hai . ēk[adj.] tō mahān, mahā[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] - yah[pn.sg.d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one then great Rup you achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] , be visible - this anger do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

134You can see when a person is getting angry. 135The second subtle form of anger is jealousy, conflict or internal dislike.

109दूसरा - क्रोध का सूक्ष्म स्वरूप अन्दर में ईर्ष्या , द्वेष , घृणा होती है . dūsrā - krōdh kā sūkṣhma svarūp andar mē̃ īrṣhyā , dvēṣh , ghr̥iṇā hōtī hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] andar mē̃[postp.] īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] , dvēṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . other - anger of subtle form inside in jealousy , conflict , hatred be[pres.sg.f.23] .

136These forms are not visible externally, neither through loud words nor in any other external form.

110इस स्वरूप में जोर से बोलना या बाहर से कोई रूप नहीं दिखाई देता है , लेकिन जैसे बाहर क्रोध होता है त् क्रोध अग्नि रूप है ना , वह अन्दर खुद भी जलता रहता है और दूसरे को भी जलाता है . is svarūp mē̃ jōr sē bōlnā yā bāhar sē kōī rūp nahī̃ dikhāī dētā hai , lēkin jaisē bāhar krōdh hōtā hai ta krōdh agni rūp hai nā , vah andar khud bhī jaltā rahtā hai aur dūsrē kō bhī jalātā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] zōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā bāhar sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāhar krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] x krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] andar khud bhī[p.] jalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] jalānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this form in x from speak[inf.m.sg.d.] or outside from some Rup not be visible , but like outside anger be[pres.sg.m.23] x anger fire Rup be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that inside oneself too x[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] and other to too burn[pres.sg.m.23] .

137However, just as external anger is a form of fire, and it burns inside, and even burns others, similarly, those who have jealousy, conflict or dislike within them also continue to burn inside.

111ऐसे ईर्ष्या , द्वेष , घृणा - यह जिसमें है , वह इस अग्नि में अन्दर ही अन्दर जलता रहता है . aisē īrṣhyā , dvēṣh , ghr̥iṇā - yah jismē̃ hai , vah is agni mē̃ andar hī andar jaltā rahtā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] , dvēṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] agni[x] mē̃[postp.] andar hī[p.] andar jalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . such jealousy , conflict , hatred - this that[.mē̃] be[pres.sg.23] , that this fire in inside only inside x[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

138When one externally becomes bright red, that is all right, but the other becomes ugly inside. 139The third form of anger is cleverness.

112बाहर से लाल , पीला नहीं होता , लाल पीला फिर भी ठीक है लेकिन वह काला होता है . bāhar sē lāl , pīlā nahī̃ hōtā , lāl pīlā phir bhī ṭhīk hai lēkin vah kālā hōtā hai . bāhar sē[postp.] lāl[adj.] , pīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , lāl[adj.] pīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phir bhī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] kālā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . outside from x , x not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x x nevertheless OK be[pres.sg.23] but that ugly be[pres.sg.m.23] .

140What is that? 141In words and explanation, you say that you sometimes have to become serious.

113तीसरा क्रोध की चतुराई का रूप भी है . tīsrā krōdh kī|key chaturāī kā rūp bhī hai . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . third anger (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x of Rup too be[pres.sg.23] . 114वह क्या है  ? vah kyā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

142Sometimes, you have to take up the law for their benefit.

115कहने में समझने में ऐसे समझते हैं वा कहते हैं कि कहाँ-कहाँ सीरियस होना ही पड़ता है . kahnē mē̃ samajhnē mē̃ aisē samajhtē haĩ vā kahtē haĩ ki kahā̃-kahā̃ serious hōnā hī paṛtā hai . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kahā̃ serious hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] in such understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that where serious be[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

143Ask yourself whether there is benefit in that or not. 144BapDada has not given anyone permission to take the law into their own hands.

116कहाँ-कहाँ ला उठाना ही पड़ता है - कल्याण के लिए . kahā̃-kahā̃ lā|law uṭhānā hī paṛtā hai - kalyāṇ kē liē . kahā̃ lānā[root]|law uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] - kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] . where (x[root]|law) uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] - benefit for .

145Has BapDada given this permission?

117अभी कल्याण है या नहीं वह अपने से पूछो . abhī kalyāṇ hai yā nahī̃ vah apnē sē pūchhō . ab[adv.hī] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now benefit be[pres.sg.23] or not that one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

146Have you received permission to take the law into your own hands?

118बापदादा ने किसी को भी अपने हाथ में ला ( L a w ) उठाने की छुट्टी नहीं दी है . bāpdādā nē kisī kō bhī apnē hāth mē̃ lā|law ( L a w ) uṭhānē kī|key chhuṭṭī nahī̃ dī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[root]|law ( L a w ) uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ (anything|some) to too one’s own hand in (x[root]|law) ( L a w ) uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) permission not give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

147Has Baba said in any murli that you may take the law into your own hands? 148Do not get angry.

119क्या कोई मुरली में कहा है कि भले ला उठाओ , क्रोध नहीं करो  ? kyā kōī murlī mē̃ kahā hai ki bhalē lā|law uṭhāō , krōdh nahī̃ karō  ? kyā kōī[pn.;d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lānā[root]|law uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? what some flute in say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that benefit (x[root]|law) uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anger not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ?

149Those who take the law into their own hands have the form of a trace of internal anger.

120ला उठाने वाले के अन्दर का रूप वही क्रोध का अंश होता है . lā|law uṭhānē vālē kē|K andar kā rūp vahī krōdh kā aṅśh hōtā hai . lānā[root]|law uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahī krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x[root]|law) uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) inside of Rup this anger of trace be[pres.sg.m.23] .

150Yes, even the instrument souls do not have to take the law into their own hands.

121जो निमित्त आत्मायें हैं वह भी ला उठाते नहीं हैं , लेकिन उन्हों को ला रिवाइज कराना पड़ता है . jō nimitt ātmāyē̃ haĩ vah bhī lā|law uṭhātē nahī̃ haĩ , lēkin unhō̃ kō lā|law revise karānā paṛtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lānā[root]|law uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] lānā[root]|law revise karānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . that instrument soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that too (x[root]|law) uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but that to (x[root]|law) x make commit[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

151However, they do have to make you revise it. 152They do not take the law into their own hands.

122ला कोई भी नहीं उठा सकता लेकिन निमित्त हैं तो बाप द्वारा बनाये हुए ला को रिवाइज करना पड़ता है . lā|law kōī bhī nahī̃ uṭhā saktā lēkin nimitt haĩ tō bāp dvārā banāyē huē lā|law kō revise karnā paṛtā hai . lānā[root]|law kōī bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uṭhānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lānā[root]|law kō[postp.] revise karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . (x[root]|law) anyone not (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uplift[root]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] then father through create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x[root]|law) to x do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

153No one can take the law into their own hands, but the instruments have to make others revise the laws that BapDada has created.

123निमित्त बनने वालों को इतनी छुट्टी है , सबको नहीं . nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō itnī chhuṭṭī hai , sabkō nahī̃ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sabkō nahī̃[neg] . instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to such permission be[pres.sg.23] , everything not .

154Those who are the instruments have this much permission, not every one.

124आज बापदादा थोड़ा आफीशियल शिक्षा दे रहे हैं , प्यार से उठाना क्योंकि बापदादा बच्चों के लिखे हुए , किये हुए वायदे देखकर , सुनकर मुस्कुराते रहते हैं . āj bāpdādā thōṛā official śhikṣhā dē rahē haĩ , pyār sē uṭhānā kyōṅki bāpdādā bachchō̃ kē|K likhē huē , kiyē huē vāydē dēkhkar , sunkar muskurātē rahtē haĩ . āj bāpdādā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] official śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K likhnā[opt.sg.23]|likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[abs.] , sunnā[abs.] x rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . today BapDada short official teachings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , love from uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] because BapDada child (of|K) (write[opt.sg.23]|write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] promise see[abs.] , listen[abs.] x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

155Today, BapDada is giving some official teachings, so accept them with love. 156Because, when BapDada comes to meet you, He smiles at the written promise you have made to Baba.

125अभी बापदादा ने जो सुनाया कि हर गुण को निजी संस्कार बनाओ . abhī bāpdādā nē jō sunāyā ki har|her guṇ kō nijī saṅskār banāō . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now BapDada ∅ that speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that (x|x[root]) virtue to original sanskar create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

157BapDada just now told you to make every virtue your original sanskar.

126अन्डरलाइन किया  ? underline kiyā  ? underline karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? underline do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

158Did you underline that?

127तो अभी से यह कहना - कि शान्त स्वरूप में रहना , सहनशील बनना - यह तो मेरा संस्कार बन गया है . tō abhī sē yah kahnā - ki śhānt svarūp mē̃ rahnā , sahanśhīl bannā - yah tō mērā saṅskār ban gayā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ki[conj.] śhānt svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sahanśhīl[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then now from this say[inf.m.sg.d.] - that I, a soul, am a being of peace in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , tolerant become[inf.m.sg.d.] - this then I[.kā] sanskar become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

159Then say that it has become your sanskar to stay in your form of peace, to be tolerant.

128फिर बापदादा जब मिलन मनाने आये , तो इसे अपना निजी संस्कार बनाकर बापदादा के आगे इन 5-6 मास में दिखाना . phir bāpdādā jab milan manānē āyē , tō isē apnā nijī saṅskār banākar bāpdādā kē āgē in 5-6 mās mē̃ dikhānā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā jab milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō yah[pn.sg.kō] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] banānā[abs.] bāpdādā kē āgē[x] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in 5-6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (turn[root]|then) BapDada when meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , then this[.kō] (adopt[root]|one’s own) original sanskar create[abs.] BapDada in front of (this|in) 5-6 (month|x) in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

160Make it your original sanskar and show that to Baba within the next five to six months.

129इसलिए आज रिजल्ट सुना रहे हैं . isliē āj result sunā rahē haĩ . isliē āj result sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore today result speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

161This is why Baba is giving you the result today.

130क्रोध की रिपोर्ट बहुत आती है . krōdh kī|key report bahut ātī hai . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key report bahut ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . anger (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) report very come[pres.sg.f.23] .

162Baba receives many reports of anger.

131छोटा-बड़ा , भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से क्रोध करते हैं . chhōṭā-baṛā , bhinn-bhinn rūp sē krōdh kartē haĩ . chhōṭē-baṛē[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the young and the old , different Rup from anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

163The young and the old become angry in various forms.

132अभी बापदादा ज्यादा नहीं खोलते हैं लेकिन कहानियां बहुत मजे की हैं . abhī bāpdādā jyādā nahī̃ khōltē haĩ lēkin kahāniyā̃ bahut majē kī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . now BapDada more not open[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but x very pleasure do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

164BapDada is not revealing any more now, but there are many stories. 165There are many interesting stories.

133इसलिए आज से क्रोध को क्या करेंगे  ? isliē āj sē krōdh kō kyā karē̃gē  ? isliē āj sē[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? therefore today from anger to what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

166So, what will you do to anger from today?

134विदाई देंगे  ? vidāī dēgē  ? vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? farewell give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

167Will you bid it farewell?

135 ( सभी ने ताली बजाई ) देखो , ताली बजाना बहुत सहज है लेकिन क्रोध की ताली नहीं बजे . ( sabhī nē tālī bajāī ) dēkhō , tālī bajānā bahut sahaj hai lēkin krōdh kī|key tālī nahī̃ bajē . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . ( all ∅ clapping play[past-part.f.] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , clapping play[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy be[pres.sg.23] but anger (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping not (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) .

168Just be careful! 169It is easy to clap, but make sure that there is no clapping of anger.

136बापदादा अभी यह बार-बार सुनने नहीं चाहते हैं फिर भी रहम पड़ता है तो सुन लेते हैं . bāpdādā abhī yah bār-bār sunnē nahī̃ chāhtē haĩ phir bhī rahm paṛtā hai tō sun lētē haĩ . bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir bhī[x] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . BapDada now this time listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nevertheless mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] then listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

170BapDada does not wish to hear this again and again, but still He listens to it because He has mercy.

137तो अब से यह नहीं कहना कि बाबा वायदा तो किया लेकिन … फिर आ गया , क्या करें  ! tō ab sē yah nahī̃ kahnā ki bābā vāydā tō kiyā lēkin … phir ā gayā , kyā karē̃  ! tō ab[adv.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bābā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin … phirnā[root.root+ānā] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! then now from this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that Baba promise then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but … turn[root.root+ānā] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

171However, Baba does not wish to hear, “Baba, I made a promise, but it still came, what can I do?”

138चाहते नहीं हैं , आ जाता है . chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ , ā jātā hai . chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

172You do not wish it to come, but it just comes!

139आप ही माया को समझा दो , क्रोध को समझा दो . āp hī māyā kō samjhā dō , krōdh kō samjhā dō . āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samjhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samjhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . you only Maya to explain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , anger to explain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

173“You should explain to Maya, You should explain to anger!

140तो यह पुरूषार्थ भी बाप करे और प्रालब्ध बच्चे लेंगे  ? tō yah purūṣhārth bhī bāp karē aur prālabdh bachchē lē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] aur prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this effort too father do[opt.sg.23] and reward child take[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

174Would the Father make effort and the children take the reward?

141यह भी मेहनत बाप करे  ? yah bhī mēhnat bāp karē  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23]  ? this too effort father do[opt.sg.23]  ?

175Should the Father make this effort?

142तो ऐसा वायदा नहीं करना , जो फिर 5 मास के बाद रिजल्ट देखें . tō aisā vāydā nahī̃ karnā , jō phir 5 mās kē bād result dēkhē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] 5 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] result dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then such promise not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that (turn[root]|then) 5 (month|x) after result see[opt.pl.12hon3] .

176So, do not make such promises. 177BapDada will see the result in five months.

143भले आप बताओ नहीं बताओ , बाप के पास तो पहुंचती है . bhalē āp batāō nahī̃ batāō , bāp kē pās tō pahuñchtī hai . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] tō pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . benefit you tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father to then reach[pres.sg.f.23] .

178Whether you give the results or not, they will reach BapDada.

144ऐसी रिजल्ट न हो - क्या करें , हो जाता है , सरकमस्टांश ऐसे आते हैं , बात बहुत बड़ी हो गई ना  ! aisī result na hō - kyā karē̃ , hō jātā hai , circumstance aisē ātē haĩ , bāt bahut baṛī hō gaī nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] - kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , circumstance aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā  ! such result not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) - what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , circumstances such come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , matter very very be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅  !

179Your result should not be: “What can I do? 180It just happens. 181The circumstances were such, the situation became such a big thing.”

145बाप को भी समझाने की कोशिश करते हैं , बड़े होशियार हैं . bāp kō bhī samjhānē kī|key kōśhiśh kartē haĩ , baṛē hōśhiyār haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] samjhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father to too explain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

182You try to make Baba understand in this way. 183You are very clever.

146कहते हैं बाबा छोटी-मोटी बातें हम पार कर लेते हैं , यह बात ही बड़ी थी ना  ! kahtē haĩ bābā chhōṭī-mōṭī bātē̃ ham pār kar lētē haĩ , yah bāt hī baṛī thī nā  ! kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā chhōṭā-mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ham[pn.pl.] pār karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] nā  ! say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba small or big matter we x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , this matter only very be[past.f] ∅  !

184You say, “Baba, we are able to overcome small matters, but this was a big situation”.

147अभी दोष किस पर रखा  ? abhī dōṣh kis par rakhā  ? ab[adv.hī] dōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root]  ? now blame (what|who) (at|other) (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])  ?

185Now, what did you blame?

148बात पर . bāt par . bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] . matter (at|other) .

186The situation.

149और बात क्या करती है  ? aur bāt kyā kartī hai  ? aur bāt[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? and matter what do[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

187And what does the situation do?

150आई और गई . eye|āī|I aur gaī . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I aur jānā[past-part.f.] . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) and go[past-part.f.] .

188It comes and goes.

1515 हजार वर्ष के बाद फिर बात आयेगी . 5 hajār varṣh kē bād phir bāt āyēgī . 5 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . 5 1000 year after (turn[root]|then) matter come[fut.f.sg.23] .

189That situation will come again after five thousand years.

152जो 5 हजार वर्ष के बाद बात आनी है , उस पर दोष रख देते हैं . jō 5 hajār varṣh kē bād bāt ānī hai , us par dōṣh rakh dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] 5 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dōṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . that 5 1000 year after matter come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that (at|other) blame keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

190You blame the situation that will happen again after five thousand years.

153ऐसे नहीं करना . aisē nahī̃ karnā . aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

191Do not do this.

154क्या करूं …  ! kyā karū̃ …  ! kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] …  ! what do[opt.sg.1] …  ! 155यह संकल्प में भी नहीं लाना . yah saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ lānā . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this thought in too not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

192Do not even have such thoughts as “What can I do?...”

156बापदादा क्रोध के लिए क्यों विशेष कह रहा है  ? bāpdādā krōdh kē liē kyō̃ viśhēṣh kah rahā hai  ? bāpdādā krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] kyō̃ viśhēṣh[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ? BapDada anger for why special say[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ?

193Why is BapDada especially telling you about anger?

157क्योंकि अगर क्रोध को आपने विदाई दे दी तो इसमें लोभ , इच्छा सब आ जाता . kyōṅki agar krōdh kō āpnē vidāī dē dī tō ismē̃ lōbh , ichchhā sab ā jātā . kyōṅki agar krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.nē] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] tō yah[pn.sg.mē̃] lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] sab[adj.] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because if anger to you[.nē] farewell give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] then this[.mē̃] greed , desire all come[root] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

194Because if you bid farewell to anger, then greed and desires etc. are all included in that.

158लोभ सिर्फ पैसे और खाने का नहीं होता है , भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार की , चाहे ज्ञान की , चाहे अज्ञान की कोई भी इच्छा - यह भी लोभ है . lōbh sirph paisē aur khānē kā nahī̃ hōtā hai , bhinn-bhinn prakār kī|key , chāhē gyān kī|key , chāhē agyān kī|key kōī bhī ichchhā - yah bhī lōbh hai . lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī bhī[x] ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . greed only money and (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of not be[pres.sg.m.23] , different form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) ignorance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) anyone desire - this too greed be[pres.sg.23] .

195Greed isn’t just for money or food, but there are varieties of greed; whether of knowledge or ignorance, any type of desire is also greed.

159तो क्रोध को खत्म करने से लोभ स्वतः खत्म होता जायेगा , अहंकार भी खत्म हो जायेगा . tō krōdh kō khatm karnē sē lōbh svataḥ khatm hōtā jāyēgā , ahaṅkār bhī khatm hō jāyēgā . tō krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , ahaṅkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then anger to finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from greed automatically finished be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , arrogance too finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

196And so, when anger finishes, greed will automatically finish. 197Arrogance will also finish.

160अभिमान आता है ना - मैं बड़ा , मैं समझदार , मैं जानता हूँ - यह क्या अपने को समझते हैं  ! abhimān ātā hai nā - maĩ baṛā , maĩ samajhdār , maĩ jāntā hū̃ - yah kyā apnē kō samajhtē haĩ  ! abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] samajhdār[adj.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.1] - yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ! arrogance come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ - I very , I sensible , I know[pres.sg.m.1] - this what one’s own to understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  !

198Sometimes, there is arrogance, is there not? 199“I am senior, I am sensible, I know all this.

161तब क्रोध आता है . tab krōdh ātā hai . tab krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . for only then anger come[pres.sg.m.23] .

200Who does he think he is?”

162तो अभिमान और लोभ यह भी साथ-साथ विदाई ले लेंगे . tō abhimān aur lōbh yah bhī sāth-sāth vidāī lē lē̃gē . tō abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sāth-sāth vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . then arrogance and greed this too x farewell take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

201Then anger comes. 202So, arrogance and greed will take leave together.

163इसीलिए बापदादा विशेष लोभ के लिए न कह करके क्रोध को अन्डरलाइन करा रहा है . isīliē bāpdādā viśhēṣh lōbh kē liē na kah karkē krōdh kō underline karā rahā hai . isīliē bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] lōbh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] na[neg] kahnā[root] karnā[abs.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] underline karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x BapDada special greed for not say[root] do[abs.] anger to underline make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

203This is why BapDada is not especially telling you about greed, but is making you underline anger.

164तो संस्कार बनायेंगे  ? tō saṅskār banāyēṅgē  ? tō saṅskār[x] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then sanskar create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

204So will you make this your sanskar?

165अभी सब हाथ उठाओ और सबका फोटो निकालो . abhī sab hāth uṭhāō aur sabkā phōṭō nikālō . ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now all raise your hands and everyone's photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

205Everyone, raise your hands! 206Take everyone’s photo!

166 ( सबने हाथ उठाया ) अभी थोड़ी सी मुबारक देते हैं , बहुत नहीं और जब फिर से रिजल्ट देखेंगे फिर वतन के देवतायें भी , स्वर्ग के देवतायें भी आपके ऊपर वाह , वाह के पुष्प गिरायेंगे . ( sabnē hāth uṭhāyā ) abhī thōṛī see|sī|C mubārak dētē haĩ , bahut nahī̃ aur jab phir sē result dēkhē̃gē phir vatan kē|K dēvtāyē̃ bhī , svarg kē|K dēvtāyē̃ bhī āpkē ūpar vāh , vāh kē|K puṣhp girāyēṅgē . ( sabnē hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bahut nahī̃[neg] aur jab phir sē[x] result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēvtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] , svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēvtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar vāh , vāh kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] girānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( x raise your hands ) now short (see|x) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very not and when again result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) world (of|K) deity too , heaven (of|K) deity too you[.kē] over wah! , wah! (of|K) flower x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

207Now, Baba is giving you a few congratulations, not a lot. 208However, when Baba sees the result, then the deities of the subtle region and the deities of heaven will say, “Wah!

167आज से हर एक अपने में देखे - दूसरे का नहीं देखना . āj sē har ēk apnē mē̃ dēkhē - dūsrē kā nahī̃ dēkhnā . āj sē[postp.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] - dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . today from each one one’s own in (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) - other of not see[inf.m.sg.d.] .

209Wah!” and shower flowers on you.

168दूसरे की यह बातें देखने के लिए मन की आंख बंद करना . dūsrē kī|key yah bātē̃ dēkhnē kē liē man kī|key āṅkh band karnā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] band[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . other (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this matter see[inf.m.pl.,o.] for mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) eye closed do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

210From today, each of you should look at yourself. 211Do not look at others.

169यह आंखें तो बंद कर नहीं सकते ना , लेकिन मन की आंख बन्द करना - दूसरा करता है या तीसरा करता है , मुझे नहीं देखना है . yah āṅkhē̃ tō band kar nahī̃ saktē nā , lēkin man kī|key āṅkh band karnā - dūsrā kartā hai yā tīsrā kartā hai , mujhē nahī̃ dēkhnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] āṅkh[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō band[adj.] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā , lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] band[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this eye then closed do[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ , but mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) eye closed do[inf.m.sg.d.] - other do[pres.sg.m.23] or third do[pres.sg.m.23] , I[.kō] not see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

212Close the mind’s eye of looking at others. 213You cannot close the physical eyes, but close the mind’s eye to anything that someone else does.

170बाप इतना भी फोर्स देकर कहते हैं कि अगर कोई विरला महारथी भी कोई ऐसी कमजोरी करे तो भी देखने के लिए और सुनने के लिए मन को अन्तर्मुखी बनाना . bāp itnā bhī force dēkar kahtē haĩ ki agar kōī virlā mahārathī bhī kōī aisī kamjōrī karē tō bhī dēkhnē kē liē aur sunnē kē liē man kō antarmukhī banānā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] force dēnā[abs.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] virlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] aur sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] antarmukhī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father such too force give[abs.] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that if some x maharathi too some such weakness do[opt.sg.23] ∅ see[inf.m.pl.,o.] for and listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] for mind to introverted create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

214Therefore, Baba is saying this with such force, that even if a maharathi makes a mistake, let the mind become introverted and not see or listen to that. 215Should Baba tell you something amusing?

171हंसी की बात सुनायें - बापदादा आज थोड़ा स्पष्ट सुना रहे हैं , बुरा तो नहीं लगता है . hansī kī bāt sunāyē̃ - bāpdādā āj thōṛā spaṣhṭ sunā rahē haĩ , burā tō nahī̃ lagtā hai . hãsnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] - bāpdādā āj thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . laugh out[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] matter speak[opt.pl.12hon3] - BapDada today short clearly speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bad then not x[pres.sg.m.23] .

216Today, BapDada is telling you everything very clearly. 217You do not feel bad about it, do you?

172अच्छा-एक और भी स्पष्ट बात सुनाते हैं . acchā-ēk aur bhī spaṣhṭ bāt sunātē haĩ . x aur bhī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x and too clearly matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

218Achcha, Baba will tell you something else very clearly.

173बापदादा ने देखा है कि मैजारिटी समय प्रति समय , सदा नहीं कभी-कभी महारथियों की विशेषता को कम देखते और कमजोरी को बहुत गहराई से देखते हैं और फॉलो करते हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki majority samay prati samay , sadā nahī̃ kabhī-kabhī mahārathiyō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō cum|kam dēkhtē aur kamjōrī kō bahut gahrāī sē dēkhtē haĩ aur follow kartē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] majority samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā nahī̃[neg] kabhī[adv.] mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bahut gahrāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur follow karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that majority time for time , constantly not ever maharathi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to (x|less) see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and weakness to very depths from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and follow do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

219BapDada has seen that the majority from time to time, not always, but sometimes, do not see the specialities of the maharathis so much, but they look at their weaknesses with great depth.

174एक दो से वर्णन भी करते हैं कि क्या है , सबको देख लिया है . ēk dō sē varṇan bhī kartē haĩ ki kyā hai , sabkō dēkh liyā hai . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sabkō dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that what be[pres.sg.23] , everything see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

220They follow them and even speak about it to one another, saying, “What is this? 221We have seen everyone.

175महारथी भी करते हैं , हम तो हैं ही पीछे . mahārathī bhī kartē haĩ , ham tō haĩ hī pīchhē . mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] pīchhē . maharathi too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , we then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only x .

222Even the maharathis are doing this, we are behind anyway.

176अभी महारथी जब बदलेंगे ना तो हम बदल जायेंगे . abhī mahārathī jab badalē̃gē nā tō ham badal jāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō ham[pn.pl.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . now maharathi when change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then we change[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

223Now, when the maharathis change, we will also change.”

177लेकिन महारथियों की तपस्या , महारथियों के बहुतकाल का पुरूषार्थ उन्हों को एडीशन मार्क्स दिलाकर भी पास विद आनर कर लेती है . lēkin mahārathiyō̃ kī|key tapasyā , mahārathiyō̃ kē|K bahutkāl kā purūṣhārth unhō̃ kō addition marks dilākar bhī pass with honour kar lētī hai . lēkin mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] , mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] addition mark dilānā[abs.] bhī[p.] pass with honour[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] . but maharathi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) tapasya , maharathi (of|K) a long period of time of effort that to addition mark x[abs.] too pass with honours do[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] .

224However, the tapasya and the efforts over a long time of the maharathis will enable them to get extra marks and pass with honour.

178आप इसी इन्तजार में रहेंगे कि महारथी बदलेंगे तो हम बदलेंगे तो धोखा खा लेंगे इसलिए मन को अन्तर्मुखी बनाओ . āp isī intjār mē̃ rahē̃gē ki mahārathī badalē̃gē tō ham badalē̃gē tō dhōkhā khā lē̃gē isliē man kō antarmukhī banāō . āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.hī] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ham[pn.pl.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] isliē man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] antarmukhī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you this[.hī] wait in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that maharathi change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then we change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then deception eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] therefore mind to introverted create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

225If you wait for the maharathis to change before you change, then you will be deceived. 226Therefore, make your mind introverted.

179समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

227Do you understand?

180यह भी बापदादा बहुत सुनते हैं , देख लिया … देख लिया . yah bhī bāpdādā bahut suntē haĩ , dēkh liyā … dēkh liyā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā bahut sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] … dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . this too BapDada very listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] … see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . 181हमारी भी तो आंखे हैं ना , हमारे भी तो कान हैं ना , हम भी बहुत सुनते हैं . hamārī bhī tō āṅkhē haĩ nā , hamārē bhī tō kān haĩ nā , ham bhī bahut suntē haĩ . ham[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] tō āṅkh[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , ham[pn.pl.kē] bhī[p.] tō kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . we[.kī] too then eye be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , we[.kē] too then ear be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , we too very listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

228BapDada hears this a lot, “We have seen it all, we have seen it all, we also have eyes, we also have ears, we have heard it all.”

182लेकिन महारथियों से इस बात में रीस नहीं करना . lēkin mahārathiyō̃ sē is bāt mē̃ rīs nahī̃ karnā . lēkin mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rīs[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but maharathi from this matter in competition not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

229However, do not compete with the maharathis in this aspect.

183अच्छाई की रेस करो , बुराई की रीस नहीं करो , नहीं तो धोखा खा लेंगे . achchhāī kī|key race karō , burāī kī|key rīs nahī̃ karō , nahī̃ tō dhōkhā khā lē̃gē . achchhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key race karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , burāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rīs[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃ tō[x] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . goodness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) race do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bad thing (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) competition not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , otherwise deception eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

230Race in good things; do not compete in bad things, because, otherwise, you will be deceived.

184बाप को तरस पड़ता है क्योंकि महारथियों का फाउन्डेशन निश्चय , अटूट-अचल है , उसकी दुआयें एक्स्ट्रा महारथियों को मिलती हैं . bāp kō taras paṛtā hai kyōṅki mahārathiyō̃ kā foundation niśhchay , aṭūṭ-acal hai , uskī duāyē̃ extra mahārathiyō̃ kō miltī haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] extra mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . father to mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] because maharathi of foundation faith , x be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kī] blessing extra maharathi to receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

231Baba feels mercy. 232Because the foundation of faith of the maharathis is unbroken and unshakeable, they receive extra marks.

185इसलिए कभी भी मन की आंख को इस बात के लिए नहीं खोलना . isliē kabhī bhī man kī|key āṅkh kō is bāt kē liē nahī̃ khōlnā . isliē kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore ever too mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) eye to this matter for not open[inf.m.sg.d.] .

233Therefore, never open the mind’s eye to this aspect.

186बंद रखो . band rakhō . band[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . closed keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

234Keep it closed!

187सुनने के बजाए मन को अन्तर्मुखी रखो . sunnē kē bajāē man kō antarmukhī rakhō . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] antarmukhī[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of mind to introverted keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 188समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

235Instead of listening to your mind, keep it introverted.

189आज गर्म-गर्म हलुआ खिलाया है . āj garm-garm haluā khilāyā hai . āj garm[adj.] haluā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khilānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . today x halva feed[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

236Do you understand? 237Today, you were given hot halva.

190लेकिन निजी संस्कार बनाओ . lēkin nijī saṅskār banāō . lēkin nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but original sanskar create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

238So, now create your original sanskars.

191मेहनत करते हो , वह भी बापदादा को अच्छा नहीं लगता . mēhnat kartē hō , vah bhī bāpdādā kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . effort do[pres.pl.m.2] , that too BapDada to achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

239When you have to labour, BapDada does not like it.

192बापदादा ने बच्चों का एक वन्डरफुल चित्र देखा . bāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kā ēk wonderful chitra dēkhā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] wonderful chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ child of one wonderful picture see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

240BapDada saw a wonderful picture of the children. 241Will you listen to it?

193वह चित्र देखेंगे . vah chitra dēkhē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that picture see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

242Will you see that picture?

194सुनना चाहते हैं कि बहुत हलुआ खा लिया  ? sunnā chāhtē haĩ ki bahut haluā khā liyā  ? sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ki[conj.] bahut haluā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ? listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] that very halva eat[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ?

243Do you wish to hear about it or have you had sufficient halva to eat?

195कमाल का चित्र है . kamāl kā chitra hai . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x of picture be[pres.sg.23] .

244It is a wonderful picture.

196बापदादा को भी कमाल लगती है . bāpdādā kō bhī kamāl lagtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to too x x[pres.sg.f.23] .

245Even BapDada wonders at it.

197वह चित्र क्या देखा  ? vah chitra kyā dēkhā  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? that picture what see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

246What picture did Baba see?

198कि बच्चे कहते एक हैं और करते दूसरा हैं . ki bachchē kahtē ēk haĩ aur kartē dūsrā haĩ . ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that child say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one be[pres.pl.12hon3] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] other be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

247The children say one thing and do something else.

199मुख से कह रहे हैं - हम तो लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे , राम सीता नहीं , लक्ष्मी-नारायण और करते क्या हैं  ? mukh sē kah rahē haĩ - ham tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē , rām sītā nahī̃ , lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ aur kartē kyā haĩ  ? mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - ham[pn.pl.] tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sītā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? mouth from say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - we then Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Rama Sita not , Lakshmi and Narayan and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

248Through your lips, you say that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan, that you will not become Rama or Sita, but that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan, and what do you do?

200कहते तो हैं लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे . kahtē tō haĩ lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē . kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

249You say that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan.

201कहने वालों के मुख में गुलाबजामुन . kahnē vālō̃ kē|K mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun[x] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) May you have a gulab jamun in the mouth! .

250May there be a gulab jamun in the mouth of those who say this.

202लेकिन करते क्या हैं  ? lēkin kartē kyā haĩ  ? lēkin karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? but do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

251However, what do you do?

203पूछो लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे पक्का  ? pūchhō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē pakkā  ? pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] firm  ?

252You say that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan.

204कहते हैं हाँ 100 परसेन्ट लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे . kahtē haĩ hā̃ 100 percent lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hā̃ 100 percent lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yes 100 % Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 205लेकिन चित्र क्या दिखाते हैं  ? lēkin chitra kyā dikhātē haĩ  ? lēkin chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? but picture what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

253You say that it is one hundred per cent certain that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan, but what picture do you portray?

206त्रेता वाले राम के समान युद्ध करते रहते हैं . trētā vālē rām kē|K samān yuddha kartē rahtē haĩ . trētā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . silver age those who Rama (of|K) equal battle do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

254You continue to battle like the Rama of the silver age.

207तीर कमान हाथ में सदा ही है . tīr kamān hāth mē̃ sadā hī hai . tīr kamān[x] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x hand in constantly only be[pres.sg.23] .

255You constantly have the bow and arrow in your hands.

208कहते हैं लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल में त्रेतायुगी राम समान युद्ध करते रहते हैं . kahtē haĩ lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē lēkin practical mē̃ trētāyugī rām samān yuddha kartē rahtē haĩ . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin practical mē̃[postp.] trētāyugī[adj.] rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but practical in silver-aged Rama equal battle do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

256You say that you are Lakshmi or Narayan, but in practice, you continue to battle like the silver­ aged Rama.

209सदा आधा समय युद्ध में , आधा समय योग में . sadā ādhā samay yuddha mē̃ , ādhā samay yōg mē̃ . sadā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . constantly half time battle in , half time yoga in .

257You spend half the time in constantly battling and half the time in yoga.

210सभी नहीं , लेकिन बहुत हैं . sabhī nahī̃ , lēkin bahut haĩ . sab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all not , but very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

258Not all of you, but many.

211तो बापदादा को यह चित्र देख करके वन्डरफुल चित्र लगता है . tō bāpdādā kō yah chitra dēkh karkē wonderful chitra lagtā hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] wonderful chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then BapDada to this picture see[root] do[abs.] wonderful picture x[pres.sg.m.23] .

259So BapDada felt that this was a wonderful picture when He saw it.

212जो कहते हो , जो अच्छा-अच्छा सोचते हो वह करना ही है . jō kahtē hō , jō achchhā-achchhā sōchtē hō vah karnā hī hai . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , jō[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that say[pres.pl.m.2] , that achcha think[pres.pl.m.2] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

260Whatever you say, you have to do that. 261Whatever good things you think of, you have to do them.

213उसकी सहज विधि सुनाई कि ओरिजिनल निजी संस्कार को इमर्ज करो . uskī sahaj vidhi sunāī ki ōrijinal nijī saṅskār kō emerge karō . vah[pn.sg.kī] sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] x nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kī] easy method speak[past-part.f.] that x original sanskar to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

262The easy method that you were told about is to allow your original sanskars to emerge.

214संस्कार से स्वतः ही कर्म हो ही जाता है . saṅskār sē svataḥ hī karma hō hī jātā hai . saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . sanskar from automatically only deed (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[pres.sg.m.23] .

263Through sanskars, your actions will automatically become like that.

215मेहनत कम सफलता ज्यादा होती है , मेहनत से बच जायेंगे . mēhnat cum|kam saphaltā jyādā hōtī hai , mēhnat sē bach jāyēṅgē . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bachnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . effort (x|less) success more be[pres.sg.f.23] , effort from x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

264Then, there will be less effort and greater success. 265You will be saved from having to make effort.

216जैसे आधाकल्प जब विश्व के मालिक बनते हो तो कई प्रकार की मेहनत से स्वतः ही छूट जाते हो . jaisē ādhākalp jab viśhva kē|K mālik bantē hō tō kaī prakār kī|key mēhnat sē svataḥ hī chhūṭ jātē hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kaī prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] chhūṭnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . like for half a cycle when world (of|K) master become[pres.pl.m.2] then some form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort from automatically only let go[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . 217ऐसे इस समय निजी संस्कार बनाने से सहज मेहनत से छूट जायेंगे . aisē is samay nijī saṅskār banānē sē sahaj mēhnat sē chhūṭ jāyēṅgē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] is samay[x] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . such at this time original sanskar create[inf.m.pl.,o.] from easy effort from let go[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

266Just as you become the masters of the world for half a kalpa and become liberated from having to make any type of effort, in the same way, by creating your original sanskars at this time, you will be liberated from having to make effort.

218समय प्रति समय कमान उठाने की , युद्ध करने की आवश्यकता ही नहीं पड़ेगी . samay prati samay kamān uṭhānē kī|key , yuddha karnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hī nahī̃ paṛēgī . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamān[n.f.;sg.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . time for time x uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , battle do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need only not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .

267You will not need to take the bow and arrow in your hands and battle again and again.

219निरन्तर योगी , सहज योगी , कर्मयोगी , राजयोगी स्वतः ही बन जायेंगे . nirantar yōgī , sahaj yōgī , karmayōgī , rājyōgī svataḥ hī ban jāyēṅgē . nirantar[x] yōgī[x] , sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] , karmyōgī[adj.] , rājyōgī[adj.] svataḥ hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . x yogi , easy yogi , karma yogi , Raja Yogi automatically only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

268You will automatically become a constant yogi, an easy yogi, a karma yogi and a Raj Yogi.

220योग लगाना नहीं पड़ेगा लेकिन हर सेकण्ड , हर समय योगी जीवन स्वतः ही होगी . yōg lagānā nahī̃ paṛēgā lēkin har|her second , har|her samay yōgī jīvan svataḥ hī hōgī . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin har|harnā[root]|her second , har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . yoga attach[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[fut.m.sg.23] but (x|x[root]) second , (x|x[root]) time yogi life automatically only be[fut.f.sg.23] .

269You will not have to have yoga, but you will automatically have a yogi life at every second and in every moment.

221तो ऐसे ही चाहते हो ना  ? tō aisē hī chāhtē hō nā  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? then such only x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

270So you want this, do you not?

222ज्ञान , योग , धारणा और सेवा इन चारों सबजेक्ट का सार दो शब्द हैं . gyān , yōg , dhārṇā aur sēvā in chārō̃ subject kā sār dō śhabda haĩ . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in chārō̃ subject kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . knowledge , yoga , dharna and service (this|in) x subject of essence (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

271The essence of the entire knowledge and the four subjects of gyan, yoga, dharna and service is of two terms.

223एक - बाप ही मेरा संसार है . ēk - bāp hī mērā saṅsār hai . ēk[adj.] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one - father only I[.kā] world be[pres.sg.23] .

272First: Baba is my whole world.

224दूसरा - हर गुण , हर शक्ति मेरा निज़ी संस्कार है . dūsrā - har|her guṇ , har|her śhakti mērā nizī saṅskār hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . other - (x|x[root]) virtue , (x|x[root]) Shakti I[.kā] original sanskar be[pres.sg.23] .

273Second: Every virtue and every power is my original sanskar.

225तो दो शब्द याद रखना - संसार और संस्कार . tō dō śhabda yād rakhnā - saṅsār aur saṅskār . tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] - saṅsār[x] aur saṅskār[x] . then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word remember - world and sanskar .

274So remember these two words: World (sansar) and Sanskar.

226मुश्किल है क्या  ? muśhkil hai kyā  ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

275Is it difficult?

227थोड़ा-थोड़ा मुश्किल है  ? thōṛā-thōṛā muśhkil hai  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? short difficult be[pres.sg.23]  ?

276Is it a little difficult?

228जब बात आ जाती है फिर तो मुश्किल है  ? jab bāt ā jātī hai phir tō muśhkil hai  ? jab bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? when matter come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) then difficult be[pres.sg.23]  ? 229लेकिन बात आपके आगे क्या है  ? lēkin bāt āpkē āgē kyā hai  ? lēkin bāt[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but matter you[.kē] previously what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

277When a situation comes in front of you, then it is a little difficult, but what is a situation in front of you?

230बात बड़ी या बाप बड़ा  ? bāt baṛī yā bāp baṛā  ? bāt[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? matter very or father very  ?

278Is the situation greater or the Father greater?

231कौन बड़ा है  ? kaun baṛā hai  ? kaun[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? who very be[pres.sg.23]  ?

279Who is greater?

232लेकिन उस समय बात बड़ी लगती है . lēkin us samay bāt baṛī lagtī hai . lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . but that time matter very x[pres.sg.f.23] .

280However, at that time, you feel that the situation is greater.

233बापदादा के पास ऐसे समय के बच्चों के फोटो बहुत हैं . bāpdādā kē pās aisē samay kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K phōṭō bahut haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K photo bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to such time (of|K) child (of|K) photograph very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

281BapDada has many photos of the children at such times. 282He has a whole museum set up.

234म्यूजियम लगा हुआ है . museum lagā huā hai . museum lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . museum (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 235कभी आना तो देखना . kabhī ānā tō dēkhnā . kabhī[adv.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) then see[inf.m.sg.d.] .

283When you come there sometime, you can see it.

236अपना ही फोटो देख लेना . apnā hī phōṭō dēkh lēnā . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] photo dēkhnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) only photograph see[root] take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

284See your own photo there.

237लेकिन अभी समाप्ति समारोह मनाओ . lēkin abhī samāpti samārōh manāō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samārōh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now completion ceremony celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

285So, now celebrate the completion ceremony.

238जब आप यह समाप्ति समारोह मनायेंगे तब विश्व परिवर्तन का समारोह आपके सामने आयेगा . jab āp yah samāpti samārōh manāyēṅgē tab viśhva parivartan kā samārōh āpkē sāmnē āyēgā . jab āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samārōh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samārōh[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . when you this completion ceremony celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then world transformation of ceremony you[.kē] x come[fut.m.sg.23] .

286When you celebrate this completion ceremony, then the ceremony of world transformation will come in front of you.

239और एक बात सुनायें , सुनने के लिए तैयार हो  ? aur ēk bāt sunāyē̃ , sunnē kē liē taiyār hō  ? aur ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? and one matter speak[opt.pl.12hon3] , listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

287Should Baba tell you one more thing. 288Are you ready to hear this?

240बालक मालिक होते हैं ना  ! bālak mālik hōtē haĩ nā  ! bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! x master be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

289Children are masters, are they not?

241तो मालिक से आर्डर लेकर फिर सुनाना होता है . tō mālik sē order lēkar phir sunānā hōtā hai . tō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] order lēnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sunānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] . then master from order take[abs.] (turn[root]|then) speak[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] .

290So, an order has to be issued by the master, then Baba can say anything.

242बेहद का हाल है ना . bēhad kā hāl|hall hai nā . bēhad kā[x] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . unlimited (x|hall) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

291This is an unlimited hall, is it not?

243देखो जैसे रूण्ड माला दिखाई है ना . dēkhō jaisē rūṇḍ mālā dikhāī hai nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūṇḍ mālā[x] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like rosary of Runda x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ . 244वैसे यहाँ आकर देखो तो रूण्ड माला ही लगती है . vaisē yahā̃ ākar dēkhō tō rūṇḍ mālā hī lagtī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ ānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō rūṇḍ mālā[x] hī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x here come[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then rosary of Runda only x[pres.sg.f.23] . 245सिर्फ आपको फेस दिखाई देगा , बस . sirph āpkō face dikhāī dēgā , bas . sirph[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] face dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , basnā[root]|bas . only you[.kō] face be visible , (x[root]|simply) .

292Just as they portray the rosary of Runda, in the same way, if you could see this scene from here, it would seem to you to be like a rosary of Runda; you will only be able to see the faces, that is all.

246तो बेहद के हाल में बापदादा भी आज खुली दिल से बेहद की बातें बता रहे हैं . tō bēhad kē|K hāl|hall mē̃ bāpdādā bhī āj khulī dil sē bēhad kī|key bātē̃ batā rahē haĩ . tō bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] āj khulnā[past-part.f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] batānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then unlimited (of|K) (x|hall) in BapDada too today open up[past-part.f.] heart from unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter tell[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

293So, whilst in the unlimited hall, BapDada is also telling you all the unlimited things with an open heart.

247कल का दिन कौन सा था  ? kal kā din kaun sā thā  ? kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] hōnā[past.m.sg]  ? x of day which be[past.m.sg]  ?

294What day was it yesterday?

248 ( बुद्धवार ) तो बुद्धवार की बात है . ( buddhavār ) tō buddhavār kī|key bāt hai . ( x ) tō x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x ) then x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] .

295(Wednesday.) 296It is something that happened on Wednesday.

249आज तो सभी रात का खेल देखकर थोड़ा थके हुए थे . āj tō sabhī rāt kā khēl dēkhkar thōṛā thakē huē thē . āj tō sab[adv.hī] rāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[abs.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|thaknā, phathaknā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . today then all night of (play|play[root]) see[abs.] short (become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become desperate[opt.sg.23]) be[past-perf.pl.m.] .

297(Together with the wind, there was also rain during the night.)

250थोड़ा सा परेशानी तो हुई ना . thōṛā sā parēśhānī tō huī nā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parēśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . short x distress then be[past-part.f.] ∅ . 251 ( रात को तूफान के साथ बरसात हुई ) लेकिन लास्ट समय में तो बहुत कुछ होने वाला है . ( rāt kō tūphān kē sāth barsāt huī ) lēkin last samay mē̃ tō bahut kuchh hōnē vālā hai . ( rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tūphān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] barsāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ) lēkin last samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut kuchh hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( night to storm with rain be[past-part.f.] ) but last time in then very anything be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

298Today, everyone was a little tired from having seen the games during the night. 299There was a little distress, was there not? 300At the final moments, a lot is going to happen.

252अगर थोड़ी सी रिहर्सल कर ली तो अच्छा है . agar thōṛī see|sī|C rehearsal kar lī tō achchhā hai . agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C rehearsal karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if short (see|x) rehearsal do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

301If you have a small rehearsal, it is good.

253थोड़ी रिहर्सल होनी चाहिए . thōṛī rehearsal hōnī chāhiē . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rehearsal hōnā[.oblig3] . short rehearsal be[.oblig3] .

302There should be a small rehearsal.

254बैग बैगेज समेटना और भागना , दौड़ना - यह तो एक्सरसाइज कराई . bag baggage samēṭnā aur bhāgnā , dauṛnā - yah tō exercise karāī . bag baggage[x] samēṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bhāgnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dauṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] tō exercise karānā[past-part.f.] . bags and baggage pack up[inf.m.sg.d.] and run[inf.m.sg.d.] , x[inf.m.sg.d.] - this then exercise make commit[past-part.f.] .

303To pack up your bags and baggage and run was just a little exercise.

255वैसे तो बूढ़ी-बूढ़ी मातायें भागती नहीं हैं लेकिन रात को बिस्तर और अटैची लेकर तो भागी . vaisē tō būṛhī-būṛhī mātāyē̃ bhāgtī nahī̃ haĩ lēkin rāt kō bistar aur aṭaichī lēkar tō bhāgī . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō būṛhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhāgnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bistar[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] tō bhāgnā[past-part.f.] . x then old mother run[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but night to bed and x take[abs.] then run[past-part.f.] .

304Generally, old mothers do not run, but during the night, they ran with their bedding and their baggage. 305Therefore, this was also a game.

256इसलिए यह भी खेल है . isliē yah bhī khēl hai . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore this too (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .

306At least you had some exercise!

257एक्सरसाइज तो हो गई ना . exercise tō hō gaī nā . exercise tō hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā . exercise then be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ .

307You were able to use your legs.

258टांगे तो चली . ṭāṅgē tō chalī . ṭāṅg[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō chalnā[past-part.f.] . leg then continue[past-part.f.] . 259यह छोटी-मोटी रिहर्सल तो फाइनल के आगे कुछ भी नहीं है . yah chhōṭī-mōṭī rehearsal tō final kē āgē kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā-mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rehearsal tō final kē āgē[x] kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this small or big rehearsal then final in front of anything not be[pres.sg.23] .

308These little rehearsals are nothing compared to what is going to happen in the final moments.

260यह भी अभ्यास होना चाहिए . yah bhī abhyās hōnā chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . this too practice (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

309You should have this practice too.

261बापदादा ने कहा है एवररेडी रहो . bāpdādā nē kahā hai ever ready rahō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ever ready rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ever-ready remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

310BapDada has told you to remain ever­ready.

262इसमें भी एवररेडी , बारिस पड़ी सेकण्ड में चल पड़े . ismē̃ bhī ever ready , bāris paṛī second mē̃ chal paṛē . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] ever ready , x paṛnā[past-part.f.] second mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.sg.23.root+paṛnā] . this[.mē̃] too ever-ready , x fall[past-part.f.] second in continue[opt.sg.23.root+paṛnā] .

311Be ever­ready in this too. 312When there was rain, you all set off.

263कोई डिस्टर्ब हुए  ? kōī disturb huē  ? kōī[pn.;d.] disturb hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? some disturb be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? 264सेकण्ड में सेट हो गये . second mē̃ set hō gayē . second mē̃[postp.] set hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . second in set be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

313You were upset in a second; you set yourself in a second.

265बापदादा भी समझते हैं जब तक पक्का नहीं बना है तब तक बच्चे कम आवें . bāpdādā bhī samajhtē haĩ jab tak pakkā nahī̃ banā hai tab tak bachchē cum|kam āvē̃ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jab tak[x] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tab tak[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cum|kam[adj.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada too understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] as long as firm not become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x child (x|less) come[opt.pl.12hon3] .

314So BapDada thinks that as long as this has not become complete (Shantivan accommodation), there should be fewer children coming.

266लेकिन जितना ही कम कहते हैं उतना ही बढ़ता जाता है . lēkin jitnā hī cum|kam kahtē haĩ utnā hī baṛhtā jātā hai . lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . but the more only (x|less) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x only grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] .

315However, the fewer the number allocated, the more the number increases.

267लाल झण्डी दिखाते भी हैं - नहीं आओ , फिर भी आ जाते हो तो देखो खेल . lāl jhaṇḍī dikhātē bhī haĩ - nahī̃ āō , phir bhī ā jātē hō tō dēkhō khēl . lāl[adj.] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dikhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir bhī[x] ānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] . x flag x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] - not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nevertheless come[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (play|play[root]) .

316You are not even given the signal to come, and still you all come, and so you have to see these games.

268बापदादा को बच्चों का स्नेह देखकर खुशी होती है और सदा यही बच्चों को कहते हैं - आओ बच्चे , आओ . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kā snēh dēkhkar khuśhī hōtī hai aur sadā yahī bachchō̃ kō kahtē haĩ - āō bachchē , āō . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur sadā yahī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada to child of love see[abs.] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] and constantly this child to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] child , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

317BapDada is happy to see the love of the children and always says, “Come children, come!”

269नहीं आओ , कैसे कहेंगे  ! nahī̃ āō , kaisē kahē̃gē  ! nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , how say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

318How can He say, “Do not come!”?

270कह सकते हैं  ? kah saktē haĩ  ? kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

319Can Baba say this?

271तो सभी जितने भी आये हो , खुशी से आये हो और खुशी लेकर जाना और टोली के साथ-साथ पहले खुशी बांटना - उसके साथ टोली बांटना . tō sabhī jitnē bhī āyē hō , khuśhī sē āyē hō aur khuśhī lēkar jānā aur ṭōlī kē|K sāth-sāth pahlē khuśhī bāṇṭnā - uskē sāth ṭōlī bāṇṭnā . tō sab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then all the more too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , happiness from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] and happiness take[abs.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) and toli (of|K) x (x|firstly) happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] - of that[.kē] with toli distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .

320So, all of you who have come, you came in happiness, so return in happiness, and together with toli, first of all, distribute your happiness.

272अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

321Achcha.

273कल की बात सुनाते हैं . kal kī|key bāt sunātē haĩ . kal karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 274कल वतन में एडवांस पार्टी इमर्ज हुई थी . kal vatan mē̃ advance party emerge huī thī . kal vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] advance party[x] emerge hōnā[past-perf.f.] . x world in advance party emerge be[past-perf.f.] .

322Yesterday, the advance party emerged in the subtle region.

275बापदादा से रूहरिहान कर रहे थे और बापदादा से पूछ रहे थे कि हमें जिस सेवा के अर्थ निमित्त बनाकर भेजा है , वह सेवा कब शुरू होगी  ? bāpdādā sē rūhrihān kar rahē thē aur bāpdādā sē pūchh rahē thē ki hamē̃ jis sēvā kē|K arth|earth nimitt banākar bhējā hai , vah sēvā kab śhurū hōgī  ? bāpdādā sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] aur bāpdādā sē[postp.] pūchhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] jō[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kab śhurū hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? BapDada from spiritual conversation do[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] and BapDada from ask[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that we[.kō] that service (of|K) (meaning|earth) instrument create[abs.] x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that service when x  ?

323Whilst having a heart­to­heart conversation with BapDada, they asked Him: When will the service for which we have been sent as instruments begin? 324What response would BapDada have given?

276बापदादा ने क्या जवाब दिया होगा  ? bāpdādā nē kyā javāb diyā hōgā  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? BapDada ∅ what x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 277वह बार-बार यही कह रहे थे कि हमें एडवांस पार्टी में जो जन्म दिलाया है , वह विशेष कार्य के लिए दिलाया है और मैजारिटी अच्छे ते अच्छे योगी तू आत्मायें , ज्ञानी तू आत्मायें , महावीर भी बहुत एडवांस पार्टी में गये हैं और जो दूसरे साथ में गये हैं , उन्हों में भी मैजारिटी ऐसी आत्मायें गई हैं जो स्नेही और गुप्त योगी हैं . vah bār-bār yahī kah rahē thē ki hamē̃ advance party mē̃ jō janm dilāyā hai , vah viśhēṣh kārya kē liē dilāyā hai aur majority achchhē tē achchhē yōgī tū ātmāyē̃ , gyānī tū ātmāyē̃ , mahāvīr bhī bahut advance party mē̃ gayē haĩ aur jō dūsrē sāth mē̃ gayē haĩ , unhō̃ mē̃ bhī majority aisī ātmāyē̃ gaī haĩ jō snēhī aur gupta yōgī haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] dilānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] dilānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur majority achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgī[x] tū ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur jō[pn.;d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] majority aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] aur gupt[adj.] yōgī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that time this say[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that we[.kō] advance party in that (life|be born[root]) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that special task for x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and majority achcha from achcha yogi you soul , gyani you soul , Mahavir too very advance party in go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and that other with in go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that in too majority such soul go[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that loving and incognito yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 278मिक्स तो सबमें होते हैं लेकिन आपके हिसाब से जिसको महारथी नहीं कहें , मैजारिटी साधारण कहते हो , वह भी स्नेह के कारण योग में अच्छे पावरफुल रहे हैं . mix tō sabmē̃ hōtē haĩ lēkin āpkē hisāb sē jiskō mahārathī nahī̃ kahē̃ , majority sādhāraṇ kahtē hō , vah bhī snēh kē|K kāraṇ yōg mē̃ achchhē powerful rahē haĩ . mix tō sabmē̃ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.sg.kō] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , majority sādhāraṇ[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x then x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kē] account from that[.kō] maharathi not say[opt.pl.12hon3] , majority ordinary say[pres.pl.m.2] , that too love (of|K) because yoga in achcha powerful remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 279और विशेष योग की सबजेक्ट में आगे रहने वाली ऐसी आत्मायें , योगबल से जन्म देने के निमित्त बन नई सृष्टि की स्थापना करेंगी . aur viśhēṣh yōg kī|key subject mē̃ āgē rahnē vālī aisī ātmāyē̃ , yōgbal sē janm dēnē kē nimitt ban naī sr̥iṣhṭi kī|key sthāpanā karē̃gī . aur viśhēṣh[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] āgē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , yōgbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . and special yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in previously remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such soul , power of yoga from (life|be born[root]) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x (x|become[root]) new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) establishment do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

325They were asking this again and again.

280तो वह पूछ रहे थे कि कब हमारी सेवा शुरू होगी  ? tō vah pūchh rahē thē ki kab hamārī sēvā śhurū hōgī  ? tō vah[pn.sg.d.] pūchhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] kab ham[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] śhurū hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? then that ask[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that when we[.kī] service x  ? 281इसमें भी कुछ आत्माओं का , जो गई हैं अलग पार्ट भी है . ismē̃ bhī kuchh ātmāō̃ kā , jō gaī haĩ alag part bhī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] kuchh ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] alag[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.mē̃] too anything soul of , that go[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] separate part too be[pres.sg.23] .

326They have been given birth in the advance party for a special task and the majority within this are very good yogi and gyani souls.

282सभी का एक जैसा नहीं है लेकिन मैजारिटी का नई सृष्टि के स्थापना का पार्ट बना हुआ है . sabhī kā ēk jaisā nahī̃ hai lēkin majority kā naī sr̥iṣhṭi kē|K sthāpanā kā part banā huā hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all of one like not be[pres.sg.23] but majority of new world (of|K) establishment of part (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 283तो रूहरिहान चल रही थी . tō rūhrihān chal rahī thī . tō rūhrihān[x] chalnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.f.] . then spiritual conversation continue[root] remain[past-perf.f.] . 284बापदादा ने तो मुस्कुराते हुए उन्हों को दूसरी-दूसरी बातों में बिज़ी कर दिया क्योंकि कब का रेसपान्ड बापदादा को अकेला नहीं करना है , आप सभी को करना है . bāpdādā nē tō muskurātē huē unhō̃ kō dūsrī-dūsrī bātō̃ mē̃ busy kar diyā kyōṅki kab kā respond bāpdādā kō akēlā nahī̃ karnā hai , āp sabhī kō karnā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō x hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] busy karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] kyōṅki kab kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] respond bāpdādā kō[postp.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada ∅ then x be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that to other matter in busy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] because when of response BapDada to alone not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , you all to do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

327Many maharathis have gone into the advance party, and out of those who have gone with them, you will see that the majority of them are those who are able to mix with everyone, yet who cannot be called maharathis. 328According to you, they are loving, incognito, yogi children; the majority is of such souls.

285जब आप कहेंगे एवररेडी , तब उन्हों की सेवा आरम्भ होगी . jab āp kahē̃gē ever ready , tab unhō̃ kī|key sēvā ārambh hōgī . jab āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ever ready , tab vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . when you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ever-ready , for only then that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service x be[fut.f.sg.23] . 286इसीलिए विनाश का समय कभी भी फिक्स नहीं होना है . isīliē vināśh kā samay kabhī bhī fix nahī̃ hōnā hai . isīliē vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] fix nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x destruction of time ever too fix not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

329You would think that ordinary souls have also gone, but the majority of those you call ordinary have been very powerful in yoga because of love.

287अचानक होना है . achānak hōnā hai . achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 288बापदादा ने पहले से ही इशारा दे दिया है , उस समय नहीं उल्हना देना कि बाबा थोड़ा इशारा तो देते . bāpdādā nē pahlē sē hī iśhārā dē diyā hai , us samay nahī̃ ulhanā dēnā ki bābā thōṛā iśhārā tō dētē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bābā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ beforehand only signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , that time not complaint give[inf.m.sg.d.] that Baba short signal then give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 289अचानक होना है , एवररेडी रहना है . achānak hōnā hai , ever ready rahnā hai . achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ever ready rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ever-ready remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

330Such souls will especially stay ahead in the subject of yoga; they will become instruments to give birth through the power of yoga and become instruments to establish the new world.

290इसके लिए एक निमित्त महारथी को एक्जैम्पल बनाया ( दादी चन्द्रमणी को ) . iskē liē ēk nimitt mahārathī kō example banāyā ( dādī chandramaṇī kō ) . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ēk[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] example banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] ) . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) one instrument maharathi to example create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ( Dadi Chandermani to ) . 291है तो सब ड्रामा अनुसार लेकिन कोई विशाल सेवा का एक्जैम्पल भी बनता है . hai tō sab drama anusār lēkin kōī viśhāl sēvā kā example bhī bantā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sab[adj.] drama anusār lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] viśhāl[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example bhī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . be[pres.sg.23] then all drama according to but some broad and unlimited service of example too become[pres.sg.m.23] . 292इसलिए क्या करेंगे  ? isliē kyā karē̃gē  ? isliē kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? therefore what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 293जब बापदादा मिले तो सब मन से कहना , कागज का वायदा या मुख का वायदा नहीं , मन से वायदा करके दिखाना कि ' ' हम सब पुराने संस्कार खत्म कर अपने निजी संस्कार धारण करने वाले एवररेडी आत्मायें हैं . jab bāpdādā milē tō sab man sē kahnā , kāgaj kā vāydā yā mukh kā vāydā nahī̃ , man sē vāydā karkē dikhānā ki ' ' ham sab purānē saṅskār khatm kar apnē nijī saṅskār dhāraṇ karnē vālē ever ready ātmāyē̃ haĩ . jab bāpdādā milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] tō sab[adj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yā mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ' ' ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ever ready ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . when BapDada (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) then all mind from say[inf.m.sg.d.] , paper of promise or mouth of promise not , mind from promise do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] that ' ' we all old sanskar finished do[root] one’s own original sanskar adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ever-ready soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

331So, they were asking when their service will begin?

294` ` ठीक है  ? ` ` ṭhīk hai  ? ` ` ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? ` ` OK be[pres.sg.23]  ? 295करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 296छोटी-छोटी बातें खत्म करो . chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ khatm karō . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . small matter finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

332Some of the souls who have gone have a different part in this.

297ऐसे लगता है जैसे 60 साल का बुजुर्ग और बच्चे माफिक गेंद से खेले . aisē lagtā hai jaisē 60 sāl kā bujurg aur bachchē māphik gēnd sē khēlē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 60 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bujurg[adj.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] muāphik gēnd[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khēlnā[opt.sg.23] . such x[pres.sg.m.23] like 60 year of older one and child x x from (play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|play[opt.sg.23]) . 298अच्छा नहीं लगता . achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

333Not everyone has the same part, but the part of the majority is of the establishment of the new world.

299गेंद क्या , मिट्टी से खेलते हो . gēnd kyā , miṭṭī sē khēltē hō . gēnd[n.f.;sg.] kyā , miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.2] . x what , mud from play[pres.pl.m.2] .

334So, we were having this conversation.

300देह - अभिमान की मिट्टी से खेलते हो . dēh - abhimān kī|key miṭṭī sē khēltē hō . dēh[n.f.;sg.] - abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.2] . body - arrogance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mud from play[pres.pl.m.2] .

335BapDada smiled and made them busy in another subject. 336Why?

301अभी ज्ञान रत्नों से खेलो , गुणों से खेलो , शक्तियों से खेलो , मिट्टी से नहीं . abhī gyān ratnō̃ sē khēlō , guṇō̃ sē khēlō , śhaktiyō̃ sē khēlō , miṭṭī sē nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . now knowledge jewel from play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , virtue from play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Shakti from play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mud from not .

337The response to the question of, “When?” is not going to be given by BapDada alone; you all have to give the response also.

302किसी भी प्रकार का देह-अभिमान , मिट्टी से खेलना है . kisī bhī prakār kā dēh-abhimān , miṭṭī sē khēlnā hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] , miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] khēlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (anything|some) too form of body consciousness , mud from play[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 303सुना  ! sunā  ! sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]  ! (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])  !

338It is when you say that you are ever­ready, that their service will begin.

304वतन का समाचार सुना  ! vatan kā samāchār sunā  ! vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]  ! world of news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])  ! 305आप सभी की यज्ञ माता , सरस्वती माता उसने विशेष सभी बच्चों को यादप् यार दिया है . āp sabhī kī|key yagya mātā , sarasvatī mātā usnē viśhēṣh sabhī bachchō̃ kō yādap yār diyā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] , sarasvatī[x] mātā[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.nē] viśhēṣh[adj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x yār dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sacrificial fire mother , Saraswati mother that[.nē] special all child to x x give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

339This is why the time for destruction is never going to be fixed; it will happen suddenly.

306दिया तो सभी ने है लेकिन विशेष यज्ञ माता ने आप सबके लिए बहुत-बहुत दिल से यादप्यार दिया है और यही महामन्त्र याद कराया कि अब घर चलने की तैयारी करो . diyā tō sabhī nē hai lēkin viśhēṣh yagya mātā nē āp sabkē liē bahut-bahut dil sē yādpyār diyā hai aur yahī mahāmantra yād karāyā ki ab ghar chalnē kī|key taiyārī karō . dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur yahī[pn.;d.] mahāmantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . give[past-part.m.sg.d.] then all ∅ be[pres.sg.23] but special sacrificial fire mother ∅ you everyone's (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) very heart from love, remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and this x remembrance make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] that now home continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

340BapDada has given you a signal in advance, and so do not complain at that time; that at least Baba should have given some signal. 341It has to happen suddenly; you have to remain ever­ready.

307किनारे सारे छोड़ो , चलो , उड़ो . kinārē sārē chhōṛō , chalō , uṛō . kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x the whole renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 308यज्ञ माता से प्यार है ना  ! yagya mātā sē pyār hai nā  ! yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! sacrificial fire mother from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 309अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

342This is why an instrument maharathi was made an example.

310आज बहुत बातें सुनाई हैं . āj bahut bātē̃ sunāī haĩ . āj bahut bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . today very matter speak[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . 311अभी एक सेकण्ड में एकदम मन और बुद्धि को बिल्कुल प्लेन कर एक बाप से सर्व संबंधों का , बाप ही संसार है - चाहे व्यक्ति सम्बन्ध , चाहे प्राप्तियां , यही संसार है … तो एक ही बाप संसार है , इस बाप की याद में , इस रूप में , इस रस में , इस अनुभव में लवलीन हो जाओ . abhī ēk second mē̃ ēkdam man aur buddhi kō bilkul plain|plane kar ēk bāp sē sarv sambandhō̃ kā , bāp hī saṅsār hai - chāhē vyakti sambandh , chāhē prāptiyā̃ , yahī saṅsār hai … tō ēk hī bāp saṅsār hai , is bāp kī yād mē̃ , is rūp mē̃ , is ras mē̃ , is anubhav mē̃ lavlīn hō jāō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] ēkdam man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bilkul[adv.] plain|plane karnā[root] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , yahī[pn.;d.] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] bāp kī yād[x] mē̃[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] ras[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now one second in x mind and intellect to at all (plain|plane) do[root] one father from all relationship of , father only world be[pres.sg.23] - (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x relationship , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) attainment , this world be[pres.sg.23] … then one only father world be[pres.sg.23] , this remembrance of the Father in , this Rup in , this sweetness in , this experience in x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

343Of course, everything happens according to the drama, but some become an example for unlimited service. 344So what will you do? 345When you meet BapDada, you should all say with your mind, not a promise of words or letters, but make a promise with your mind and tell Baba that you are all ever­ready souls who have finished your old sanskars and imbibed the original sanskars.

312 ( बापदादा ने 3 मिनट ड्रिल कराई ) अच्छा . ( bāpdādā nē 3 minute drill karāī ) achchhā . ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] 3 minute drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( BapDada ∅ 3 minute drill make commit[past-part.f.] ) achcha .

346Is this all right? 347Will you do it?

313आज टीचर्स भी आई है ना . āj teachers bhī āī hai nā . āj teacher bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . today teacher too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .

348Now finish the small matters.

314हाथ उठाओ टीचर्स . hāth uṭhāō teachers . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] teacher . raise your hands teacher . 315जो खास प्रोग्राम प्रमाण भट्ठी में आई हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō khās programme pramāṇ bhaṭṭhī mē̃ āī haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] khās programme pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x programme (under) bhatti in come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that raise your hands .

349It feels as though someone who is sixty years old is playing with a ball like a little child. 350It does not feel good.

316विशेष टीचर्स प्रति , बापदादा सदा खुश होते हैं कि चाहे बड़ी , चाहे छोटी लेकिन अपने जीवन के लिए फैंसला करने में बहुत ही अच्छे अपने जज बने हैं , जो फट से अपने जीवन का फैंसला किया कि मुझे यही सेवा की जीवन व्यतीत करनी है . viśhēṣh teachers prati , bāpdādā sadā khuśh hōtē haĩ ki chāhē baṛī , chāhē chhōṭī lēkin apnē jīvan kē liē phaĩslā karnē mē̃ bahut hī achchhē apnē judge banē haĩ , jō phaṭ sē apnē jīvan kā phaĩslā kiyā ki mujhē yahī sēvā kī|key jīvan vyatīt karnī hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] teacher prati , bāpdādā sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] phaĩslā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut hī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] judge bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] phaṭnā[root]|phaṭ sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phaĩslā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] yahī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vyatīt[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . special teacher for , BapDada constantly happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small but one’s own life for x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very only achcha one’s own judge become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that (x[root]|x) from one’s own life of x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that I[.kō] this service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life spent do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

351You are not even playing with a ball, but with dirt. 352You play with the dirt of body consciousness. 353Now, play with the jewels of knowledge, play with virtues, play with powers; do not play with dirt. 354To have any type of body consciousness is to play with dirt.

317यह वायदा सभी टीचर्स ने किया है ना  ? yah vāydā sabhī teachers nē kiyā hai nā  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] teacher nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ? this promise all teacher ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

355Did you hear the news of the subtle region?

318या कभी-कभी सोचती हैं कि सोचा नहीं था ऐसा होगा , पहले पता होता तो नहीं करते . yā kabhī-kabhī sōchtī haĩ ki sōchā nahī̃ thā aisā hōgā , pahlē patā hōtā tō nahī̃ kartē . yā kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ki[conj.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . or ever think[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[past.m.sg] such be[fut.m.sg.23] , (x|firstly) knowledge be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

356The yagya­mata (mother of the yagya) of all of you, Mother Saraswati, has given all of you special love and remembrance.

319ऐसे तो नहीं सोचते  ? aisē tō nahī̃ sōchtē  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? such then not think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? 320यहाँ एक गीत बजाते हो , बाहर का है या आप लोगों का है , एक गीत बजाते हो उसमें बाप को कहते हो - आपके फूलों से भी प्यार तो कांटों से भी प्यार . yahā̃ ēk gīt bajātē hō , bāhar kā hai yā āp lōgō̃ kā hai , ēk gīt bajātē hō usmē̃ bāp kō kahtē hō - āpkē phūlō̃ sē bhī pyār tō kāṇṭō̃ sē bhī pyār . yahā̃ ēk[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] - āp[pn.pl.kē] phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kāṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . here one x play[pres.pl.m.2] , outside of be[pres.sg.23] or you people of be[pres.sg.23] , one x play[pres.pl.m.2] that[.mē̃] father to say[pres.pl.m.2] - you[.kē] flower from too love then thorn from too love .

357Everyone has given it, but the mother of the yagya has specially given lots and lots of love and remembrance from the heart to all of you and reminded you of the great mantra: Now, make preparations to return home.

321यह गाती हो  ? yah gātī hō  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] gānā[pres.pl.f.2]  ? this sing[pres.pl.f.2]  ? 322यह मन में धारणा है  ? yah man mē̃ dhārṇā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this mind in dharna be[pres.sg.23]  ?

358Let go of all the supports and now fly.

323कांटों से प्यार है तो कांटे तो चुभते भी हैं ना . kāṇṭō̃ sē pyār hai tō kāṇṭē tō chubhtē bhī haĩ nā . kāṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō chubhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . thorn from love be[pres.sg.23] then thorn then prick[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

359You have love for the mother of the yagya, do you not? 360Achcha.

324अगर कांटे को प्यार से सम्भाल से उठाओ तो कांटे भी प्यारे लगते हैं और अलबेले पन में कांटे को हाथ लगाओ तो नाराजगी का खून भी निकलता है . agar kāṇṭē kō pyār sē sambhāl sē uṭhāō tō kāṇṭē bhī pyārē lagtē haĩ aur albēlē pan mē̃ kāṇṭē kō hāth lagāō tō nārājgī kā khūn bhī nikaltā hai . agar kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] sē[postp.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō nārāzgī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khūn[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if thorn to love from (x|be careful[root]) from uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then thorn too loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and careless x in thorn to hand attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then unhappiness of violence too be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] . 325तो ऐसे तो नहीं हो ना  ? tō aisē tō nahī̃ hō nā  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? then such then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ? 326आप तो प्यार करने वाले हो ना . āp tō pyār karnē vālē hō nā . āp[pn.pl.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . you then love do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

361Today, Baba has told you many things. 362Now, in one second, make the mind and intellect completely plain and become totally absorbed in the experience of having all relationships with the one Father.

327छोटी-छोटी बातें , छोटे-छोटे कांटे हैं . chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ , chhōṭē-chhōṭē kāṇṭē haĩ . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . small matter , small thorn be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 328लेकिन आपको तो कांटों से भी प्यार है क्योंकि कांटे अर्थात् छोटी-छोटी बातें अनुभवी बहुत बनाती हैं . lēkin āpkō tō kāṇṭō̃ sē bhī pyār hai kyōṅki kāṇṭē arthāt chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ anubhavī bahut banātī haĩ . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] tō kāṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arthāt chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhavī[adj.] bahut banānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . but you[.kō] then thorn from too love be[pres.sg.23] because thorn that is small matter experienced very create[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

363The Father is the whole world, whether in personal relationships or in attainments, this is the entire world.

329बापदादा को इस ग्रुप से जो अभी आये हैं और आने वाले भी हैं , उनसे बड़ों से भी ज्यादा प्यार है . bāpdādā kō is group sē jō abhī āyē haĩ aur ānē vālē bhī haĩ , unsē baṛō̃ sē bhī jyādā pyār hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] group sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.sē] baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to this group from that now come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.sē] very from too more love be[pres.sg.23] . 330क्यों प्यार है  ? kyō̃ pyār hai  ? kyō̃ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? why love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

364Therefore, the Father is the whole world, so become absorbed in Baba’s remembrance, in this form and in His sweetness.

331क्योंकि नाम छोटी है लेकिन सेवा बड़ी करते हो . kyōṅki nām chhōṭī hai lēkin sēvā baṛī kartē hō . kyōṅki nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . because name small be[pres.sg.23] but service very do[pres.pl.m.2] .

365(BapDada conducted drill for three minutes.) 366Achcha.

332देखो , प्रदर्शनी कौन समझाते हैं , बड़े समझाते हैं या आप समझाती हो  ? dēkhō , pradarśhanī kaun samjhātē haĩ , baṛē samjhātē haĩ yā āp samjhātī hō  ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] samjhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samjhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā āp[pn.pl.] samjhānā[pres.pl.f.2]  ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , exhibition who explain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very explain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or you explain[pres.pl.f.2]  ?

367Today, teachers have also come. 368Teachers, raise your hands!

333कोर्स कौन कराता है , भाषण अच्छे-अच्छे कौन करता है  ? course kaun karātā hai , bhāṣhaṇ achchhē-achchhē kaun kartā hai  ? course kaun[pn.;d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? course who make commit[pres.sg.m.23] , lecture achcha who do[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

369Those who have come for the bhatthi, raise your hands!

334आप लोग ही तो करते हो . āp lōg hī tō kartē hō . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you people only then do[pres.pl.m.2] . 335तो बापदादा , नाम छोटे है लेकिन सेवा में आपको बड़ों से भी बड़े समझते हैं . tō bāpdādā , nām chhōṭē hai lēkin sēvā mē̃ āpkō baṛō̃ sē bhī baṛē samajhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā , nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada , name small be[pres.sg.23] but service in you[.kō] very from too very understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

370Those who have come specially for this programme and those who have come for the bhatthi today, raise your hands.

336सिर्फ घबराना नहीं , घबराना काम कमजोरों का . sirph ghabrānā nahī̃ , ghabrānā kām kamjōrō̃ kā . sirph[adj.] ghabrānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , ghabrānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamjōr[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . only be afraid[inf.m.sg.d.] not , be afraid[inf.m.sg.d.] (task|lust) weak of . 337आप तो बहुत बहादुर हो , महावीर हो , इसीलिए घबराओ नहीं . āp tō bahut bahādur hō , mahāvīr hō , isīliē ghabrāō nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.] tō bahut bahādur[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , isīliē ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] . you then very x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Mahavir (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not .

371BapDada is always happy with the teachers, because whether young or old, you have become your own judges to make a decision for your own life.

338दिल छोटी कभी नहीं करो , बड़ी दिल . dil chhōṭī kabhī nahī̃ karō , baṛī dil . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛī dil[x] . heart small ever not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x . 339बड़े बाप के बच्चे हैं ना . baṛē bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ nā . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . very father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

372You instantly took the decision for your life of wanting to lead a life of service.

340छोटे बाप के बच्चे हैं क्या  ! chhōṭē bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ kyā  ! chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā  ! small father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] what  !

373Have all the teachers made this promise?

341तो छोटी दिल नहीं . tō chhōṭī dil nahī̃ . tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . then small heart not . 342न छोटी दिल करो न छोटी-छोटी बातों में घबराओ . na chhōṭī dil karō na chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātō̃ mē̃ ghabrāō . na[neg] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] na[neg] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not small heart do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not small matter in be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 343सदा यह स्लोगन याद रखो कि देखने में छोटे हैं लेकिन काम बड़ा करके दिखायेंगे . sadā yah slōgan yād rakhō ki dēkhnē mē̃ chhōṭē haĩ lēkin kām baṛā karkē dikhāyēṅgē . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . constantly this slogan remember that see[inf.m.pl.,o.] in small be[pres.pl.12hon3] but (task|lust) very do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

374Or, do you sometimes think that you didn’t think it would be like this, that if you had known this in advance, you would not have opted for this. 375You do not think in this way, do you?

344बड़ों के सहयोगी बनेंगे . baṛō̃ kē|K sahyōgī banē̃gē . baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very (of|K) co-operative become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 345बड़ों को आंख नहीं दिखायेंगे लेकिन सहयोगी बन विश्व में नाम बाला करेंगे . baṛō̃ kō āṅkh nahī̃ dikhāyēṅgē lēkin sahyōgī ban viśhva mē̃ nām bālā karē̃gē . baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin sahyōgī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very to eye not x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but co-operative (x|become[root]) world in name x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

376You play a song; whether by the people outside or composed by you, you play a song in which you sing: We have love for your flowers and also for your thorns.

346ऐसी टीचर्स हैं  ? aisī teachers haĩ  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? such teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

377Do you sing this?

347जो समझती हैं ऐसा ही करते हैं और करेंगे - वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtī haĩ aisā hī kartē haĩ aur karē̃gē - vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] such only do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - that raise your hands .

378Do you have this dharna in your mind? 379You have love for thorns, but thorns also prick.

348यह तो बहुत हैं बहादुर . yah tō bahut haĩ bahādur . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bahādur[adj.] . this then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] x . 349हाथ उठाना बहुत सहज है , देखना  ! hāth uṭhānā bahut sahaj hai , dēkhnā  ! hāth uṭhānā[x] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.]  ! raise your hands very easy be[pres.sg.23] , see[inf.m.sg.d.]  ! 350फिर भी बापदादा आपके भाग्य पर खुश होते हैं . phir bhī bāpdādā āpkē bhāgya par khuśh hōtē haĩ . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . nevertheless BapDada you[.kē] x (at|other) happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

380If you pick up thorns with love, then they also seem lovely, but if you touch thorns carelessly, then the blood of you being upset would emerge.

351आपका भी बाप से बहुत प्यार है ना  ! āpkā bhī bāp sē bahut pyār hai nā  ! āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! you[.kā] too father from very love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

381You are not like that, are you?

352तो बाप का भी आपसे बहुत प्यार है , सिर्फ छोटी दिल नहीं करना . tō bāp kā bhī āpsē bahut pyār hai , sirph chhōṭī dil nahī̃ karnā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.sē] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then father of too you[.sē] very love be[pres.sg.23] , only small heart not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

382You are those who care, are you not? 383Trivial things are small thorns.

353कोमल नहीं बनना , महावीर बनना . kōmal nahī̃ bannā , mahāvīr bannā . kōmal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , Mahavir become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 354कभी भी चेहरे पर कमजोरी का , कोमलता का चिन्ह न हो . kabhī bhī chēhrē par kamjōrī kā , kōmaltā kā chinh na hō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōmaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chinh[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ever too face (at|other) weakness of , delicate nature of symbol not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

384However, you even have love for thorns, because the thorns, that is, the little matters make you very experienced.

355निर्माणता अलग चीज़ है , कोमलता अलग चीज़ है . nirmāntā alag chīz hai , kōmaltā alag chīz hai . nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōmaltā[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x separate thing be[pres.sg.23] , delicate nature separate thing be[pres.sg.23] . 356निर्माण भले बनो , कोमल नहीं बनो . nirmāṇ bhalē banō , kōmal nahī̃ banō . nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōmal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . creation benefit become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

385BapDada has a lot of love for this group and for the groups that are still to come; even more love than for the seniors.

357कोमल कहते हैं जो पानी का फल हो . kōmal kahtē haĩ jō pānī kā phal hō . kōmal[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (water|x[inf.f.]) of fruit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

386Why does He have so much love?

358ऐसे लगाओ पानी और बह जाये उसको कहते हैं कोमल . aisē lagāō pānī aur bah jāyē uskō kahtē haĩ kōmal . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] aur bahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōmal[adj.] . such attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (water|x[inf.f.]) and x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x .

387Because you may be called the small ones, but you do big service.

359तो कोमल नहीं बनना , कमाल करके दिखाना . tō kōmal nahī̃ bannā , kamāl karkē dikhānā . tō kōmal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

388Who explains at the exhibitions?

360बातें तो बड़ों के सामने भी आती हैं , आपके सामने भी आती हैं लेकिन आप और ही ऐसे समझो कि हम एक्जैम्पल बनकर दिखायेंगे . bātē̃ tō baṛō̃ kē|K sāmnē bhī ātī haĩ , āpkē sāmnē bhī ātī haĩ lēkin āp aur hī aisē samjhō ki ham example bankar dikhāyēṅgē . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] aur hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] example bannā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . matter then very (of|K) x too come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , you[.kē] x too come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but you and only such understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we example become[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

389Do the seniors explain or do you? 390Who gives courses? 391Who gives the very good lectures? 392All of you do this, do you not?

361हम ज्ञान और योग में आगे हैं और रहेंगे . ham gyān aur yōg mē̃ āgē haĩ aur rahē̃gē . ham[pn.pl.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . we knowledge and yoga in previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] and remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 362बातों की परवाह नहीं करो . bātō̃ kī|key parvāh nahī̃ karō . bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) care not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

393You may be younger ones, but BapDada considers you to be senior to the seniors in service.

363कभी भी हर्षितमुख चेहरा बदलना नहीं चाहिए . kabhī bhī harṣhitmukh chēhrā badalnā nahī̃ chāhiē . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] harṣhitmukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . ever too cheerful face change[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

394Do not be afraid. 395It is weak ones who become afraid.

364सदा मन , तन मुस्कुराता रहे . sadā man , tan muskurātā rahē . sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] muskarānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . constantly mind , body smile[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 365समझा  ! samjhā  ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  !

396You are very courageous, you are mahavirs.

366कमाल करके दिखायेंगी  ? kamāl karkē dikhāyēṅgī  ? kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? x do[abs.] x[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

397Therefore, do not be afraid.

367कभी भी मन मुरझाये नहीं , मुस्कुराता रहे . kabhī bhī man murjhāyē nahī̃ , muskurātā rahē . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] murjhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , muskarānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . ever too mind wilt[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not , smile[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

398Do not ever be disheartened. 399Always have a big heart.

368हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? 369टीचर्स बोलो-हाँ जी  ? teachers bōlō-hā̃ jī  ? teacher x jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x]  ? teacher x (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)  ?

400You are the children of the senior Father.

370हाँ जी बोल रही हो या ना जी  ? hā̃ jī bōl rahī hō yā nā jī  ? hā̃ jī[x] bōlnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] yā nā jī[x]  ? yes speak[pres.pl.f.acc.2] or no  ?

401Are you the children of a small father?

371मन से बोल रही हो या मुख से  ? man sē bōl rahī hō yā mukh sē  ? man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] yā mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.]  ? mind from speak[pres.pl.f.acc.2] or mouth from  ?

402So, you should not be disheartened.

372देखो , बापदादा ने विशेष मिलने के लिए प्रोग्राम रखा . dēkhō , bāpdādā nē viśhēṣh milnē kē liē programme rakhā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] programme rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada ∅ special receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] for programme (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .

403Do not be disheartened and do not be afraid about little matters.

373तो सदा मुस्कुराते रहना तभी आपके पूज्य स्वरूप में यादगार बन जायेगा . tō sadā muskurātē rahnā tabhī āpkē pūjya svarūp mē̃ yādgār ban jāyēgā . tō sadā x rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tabhī āp[pn.pl.kē] pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yādgār[x] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then constantly x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] x you[.kē] worthy of worship form in memorial become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 374सब खुश हैं  ? sab khuśh haĩ  ? sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? 375बापदादा मिला , बातें की  ? bāpdādā milā , bātē̃ kī|key  ? bāpdādā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key  ? BapDada (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)  ?

404Constantly remember this slogan: You may be small to look at, but you will perform great wonders and show them to everyone.

376अभी जो भट्ठी हो उसमें इस ग्रुप की सभी टीचर्स नम्बरवन हो , सेकण्ड नम्बर नहीं हो , सेकण्ड ग्रुप का नाम है , आप सेकण्ड नहीं हो . abhī jō bhaṭṭhī hō usmē̃ is group kī|key sabhī teachers number one hō , second number nahī̃ hō , second group kā nām hai , āp second nahī̃ hō . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.o.] group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adv.hī] teacher number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , second number[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , second group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] second nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now that bhatti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.mē̃] this group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all teacher number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , second group of name be[pres.sg.23] , you second not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

405You will co­operate with the seniors, you will not show a stern eye to the seniors, but you will co­operate and glorify Baba’s name in the world. 406Are you such teachers?

377तो जो सेकण्ड ग्रुप आया है वह सब बात में नम्बरवन हो . tō jō second group āyā hai vah sab bāt mē̃ number one hō . tō jō[pn.;d.] second group ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then that second group come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all matter in number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

407Those of you who think that you do this and will continue to do this, raise your hands!

379टीचर्स सिकीलधी हैं ना  ? teachers sikīladhī haĩ nā  ? teacher sikīladhē[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? teacher beloved, long-lost and now-found be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ? 380सेवा तो बहुत करती हैं ना , दिन रात लगी हुई तो हैं . sēvā tō bahut kartī haĩ nā , din rāt lagī huī tō haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā , din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service then very do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ , day night x[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 381ऐसे ही जो भी यहाँ शान्तिवन में वा मधुबन में , ज्ञान सरोवर में , हॉस्पिटल में , संगम भवन में सेवा पर हैं , सभी तरफ के सेवाधारियों को बापदादा प्यार की मसाज़ कर रहे हैं . aisē hī jō bhī yahā̃ śhāntivan mē̃ vā madhuban mē̃ , gyān sarōvar mē̃ , hospital mē̃ , saṅgam bhavan mē̃ sēvā par haĩ , sabhī taraph kē|K sēvādhāriyō̃ kō bāpdādā pyār kī|key massage kar rahē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yahā̃ śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] , hospital mē̃[postp.] , saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key massage karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . such only that too here Shantivan in or Madhuban in , Gyan Sarovar in , hospital in , confluence Bhavan in service (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all direction (of|K) server to BapDada love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 382जो भी जहाँ सेवा कर रहे हैं , वह सभी अपने को प्यार की अपने हाथ में मसाज़ अनुभव करना . jō bhī jahā̃ sēvā kar rahē haĩ , vah sabhī apnē kō pyār kī|key apnē hāth mē̃ massage anubhav karnā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] massage anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that too where there service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all one’s own to love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one’s own hand in x experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

408You are very courageous.

383नाम कितनों का लेंगे . nām kitnō̃ kā lē̃gē . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . name so of take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 384देखो आप सबकी सेवा है . dēkhō āp sabkī sēvā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you everyone's service be[pres.sg.23] .

409To raise your hands is very easy, but be careful!

385आप आये तो सेवाधारियों को सेवा का भाग्य दिया . āp āyē tō sēvādhāriyō̃ kō sēvā kā bhāgya diyā . āp[pn.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then server to service of x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

410But no, BapDada is still very happy on seeing your fortune.

386तो पहले तो आप हो . tō pahlē tō āp hō . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then (x|firstly) then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 387अगर आने वाले आते नहीं तो सेवाधारी किसकी सेवा करते . agar ānē vālē ātē nahī̃ tō sēvādhārī kiskī sēvā kartē . agar ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃ tō[x] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . if (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] otherwise server who[.kī] service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

411You have a lot of love for the Father and He also has a lot of love for you.

388तो महत्व तो आपका भी है ना  ! tō mahatva tō āpkā bhī hai nā  ! tō mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! then importance then you[.kā] too be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 389अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

412Do not become disheartened. 413Do not become delicate.

390चारों ओर के सर्व बापदादा के लवलीन आत्मायें , सर्व बाप के सेवाधारी आत्मायें , सर्व सहज पुरूषार्थ को अपनाने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा बाप समान बनने के लक्ष्य और लक्षण को समान बनाने वाली , बाप के समीप आत्माओं को बापदादा का बहुत-बहुत यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv bāpdādā kē|K lavlīn ātmāyē̃ , sarv bāp kē|K sēvādhārī ātmāyē̃ , sarv sahaj purūṣhārth kō apnānē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā bāp samān bannē kē|K lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ kō samān banānē vālī , bāp kē|K samīp ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā bahut-bahut yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lavlīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sarv[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sarv[adj.] sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth kō[postp.] apnānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samān[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all BapDada (of|K) x soul , all father (of|K) server soul , all easy effort to adopt[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul , constantly equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) aim and qualification to equal create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , father (of|K) close soul to BapDada of very love, remembrance and x . 391अच्छा-डबल फॉरेनर्स ठीक हैं  ? acchā-ḍabal foreigners ṭhīk haĩ  ? x foreigner ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x foreigner OK be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? 392हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 393बहुत अच्छा-देखो , डबल फॉरेनर्स हो तो बैठने के लिए भी डबल हाल चाहिए . bahut acchā-dēkhō , double foreigners hō tō baiṭhnē kē liē bhī double hāl|hall chāhiē . bahut x , double foreigner hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] double hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . very x , double foreigner (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] for too double (x|hall) (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

414Be mahavirs.

394इसीलिए आपको यह डबल , ट्रिबल हाल में बिठाया है . isīliē āpkō yah double , triple hāl|hall mē̃ biṭhāyā hai . isīliē āp[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.d.] double , triple hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] biṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x you[.kō] this double , triple (x|hall) in x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

415Do not ever show any weakness on your face, do not show any delicate nature.

395डबल फॉरेनर्स को अच्छा लगता है  ? double foreigners kō achchhā lagtā hai  ? double foreigner kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? double foreigner to enjoy  ?

416To be gentle is different from being delicate.

396बापदादा को भी बेहद अच्छी लगती है . bāpdādā kō bhī bēhad achchhī lagtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to too unlimited achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] .

417You may be gentle, but do not be delicate.

397लेकिन यह बेहद भी हद हो गई है . lēkin yah bēhad bhī had hō gaī hai . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] bēhad[adj.] bhī[p.] had[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . but this unlimited too x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

418Delicate is that which is the fruit of water.

398अभी से छोटा हो गया है . abhī sē chhōṭā hō gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now from small be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 399अभी क्या करेंगी  ? abhī kyā karē̃gī  ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? now what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

419When you put water in a certain position, it flows away.

400देखो लास्ट तक फुल बैठे हैं . dēkhō last tak full baiṭhē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] last tak full baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] last until full sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 401वृद्धि तो होनी है . vr̥iddhi tō hōnī hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . growth then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 402अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

420That is called delicate. 421So do not become delicate, but perform great wonders.

403डबल फॉरेनर्स इस सीजन में खुश हैं  ? double foreigners is season mē̃ khuśh haĩ  ? double foreigner yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? double foreigner this season in happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? 404ज्ञान सरोवर में खुश हैं  ? gyān sarōvar mē̃ khuśh haĩ  ? gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? Gyan Sarovar in happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

422Many situations come in front of the seniors and they also come in front of you.

405देखो , डबल फॉरेनर्स , डबल भाग्यवान हो , सब दादियां आपके लिए ज्ञान सरोवर में आती हैं , आपको आने की मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ती , वहाँ ही पहुंच जाती हैं . dēkhō , double foreigners , double bhāgyavān hō , sab dādiyā̃ āpkē liē gyān sarōvar mē̃ ātī haĩ , āpkō ānē kī|key mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛtī , vahā̃ hī pahuñch jātī haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double foreigner , double bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sab[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] , vahā̃ hī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double foreigner , double fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , all Dadi you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) Gyan Sarovar in come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , you[.kō] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort not (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] , there only reach[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

423So, you should think that you have to become an example, that you are ahead in gyan and yoga and that you will remain ahead. 424Do not worry about the situations.

406सिकीलधे हो ना . sikīladhē hō nā . sikīladhē[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . beloved, long-lost and now-found (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ . 407तो सिकीलधे को मेहनत नहीं दी जाती है . tō sikīladhē kō mēhnat nahī̃ dī jātī hai . tō sikīladhē[x] kō[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|dēnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . then beloved, long-lost and now-found to effort not (give[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|give[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .

425Your face should never change from being cheerful.

408तो आपके पास सभी दादियां , दादे आते हैं तो अच्छा लगता है ना . tō āpkē pās|pass sabhī dādiyā̃ , dādē ātē haĩ tō achchhā lagtā hai nā . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass sab[adv.hī] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , dādā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . then you[.kē] (x|pass) all Dadi , Dada come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then enjoy ∅ .

426Your mind and body should constantly be smiling.

409सिर्फ डबल फॉरेनर्स की सीजन में तो अपने आपको ही देखते हो , कभी भारत वालों को भी तो देखो , इसीलिए अभी मिक्स किया है . sirph double foreigners kī|key season mē̃ tō apnē āpkō hī dēkhtē hō , kabhī bhārat vālō̃ kō bhī tō dēkhō , isīliē abhī mix kiyā hai . sirph[adj.] double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key season mē̃[postp.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kabhī[adv.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , isīliē ab[adv.hī] mix karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . only double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) season in then one’s own you[.kō] only see[pres.pl.m.2] , ever Bharat those who to too then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x now x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

427Do you understand what wonders you have to show? 428Your mind should never wilt, it should constantly smile. 429Is this possible?

410अच्छा लगता है मिक्स या अलग  ? achchhā lagtā hai mix yā alag  ? achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] mix yā alag[adj.]  ? enjoy x or separate  ?

430Will it happen? 431Teachers, speak.

411अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

432Is it “Ha ji”?

412आखिर तो अभी डबल विदेशी हो लेकिन ओरिजिनल तो भारत के हो ना कि विदेश के हो  ? ākhir tō abhī double vidēśhī hō lēkin ōrijinal tō bhārat kē|K hō nā ki vidēśh kē|K hō  ? ākhir tō ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin x tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? at last then now double foreigner (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x then Bharat (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ that abroad (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

433Are you saying “Ha ji” or “Na ji”? 434Are you saying it with your mind or with words? 435Look!

413भारत के हो ना  ! bhārat kē|K hō nā  ! bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! Bharat (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ! 414राज्य कहाँ करेंगे , अमेरिका में , लण्डन में या भारत में  ? rājya kahā̃ karē̃gē , America mē̃ , london mē̃ yā bhārat mē̃  ? rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , America mē̃[postp.] , London mē̃[postp.] yā bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.]  ? kingdom where do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , America in , x in or Bharat in  ? 415भारत में ही करेंगे ना . bhārat mē̃ hī karē̃gē nā . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . Bharat in only do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

436BapDada kept a special programme to meet you. 437So constantly keep on smiling and the memorial of your worship­worthy form will be created.

416इसीलिए भारत और विदेश का संगम है . isīliē bhārat aur vidēśh kā saṅgam hai . isīliē bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x Bharat and abroad of confluence be[pres.sg.23] .

438Are all of you happy? 439Did you meet BapDada?

417बापदादा तो आपको इसी रूप में देखते हैं कि आदि भारतवासी हैं और अभी भी भारत में ही रहेंगे , भारतवासी बनेंगे . bāpdādā tō āpkō isī rūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ ki ādi bhāratvāsī haĩ aur abhī bhī bhārat mē̃ hī rahē̃gē , bhāratvāsī banē̃gē . bāpdādā tō āp[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.hī] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ādi[adj.] bhāratvāsī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bhāratvāsī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada then you[.kō] this[.hī] Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that etc. people of Bharat be[pres.pl.12hon3] and now too Bharat in only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , people of Bharat become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

440Did you talk to Him? 441The teachers that participate in the bhatti, that is now going to take place, are of this group.

418अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 419ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti . 420जगदीश भाई तथा अन्य मुख्य भाईयों सेJagdīśh bhāī tathā anya mukhya bhāīyō̃ sēJagdīśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] tathā anya[adj.] mukhya[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) and other main brother from

442You are not the second group, but you are simply called the second group.

421सेवा में पहला सेवा के निमित्त बनना और सेवा में सरेन्डर होना - ये आपका विशेष पार्ट है . sēvā mē̃ pahlā sēvā kē nimitt bannā aur sēvā mē̃ surrender hōnā - yē āpkā viśhēṣh part hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] surrender hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service in x service x become[inf.m.sg.d.] and service in surrender be[inf.m.sg.d.] - this you[.kā] special part be[pres.sg.23] .

443You are not second. 444The second group that has come should be number one in every aspect.

422अच्छा है चारों का अपना-अपना पार्ट है . achchhā hai chārō̃ kā apnā-apnā part hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chārō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] x of (adopt[root]|one’s own) part be[pres.sg.23] . 423सभी की विशेषता आपनी-अपनी है . sabhī kī|key viśhēṣhtā āpanī-apanī hai . sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality x be[pres.sg.23] .

445Achcha. 446Teachers are long­lost and now­found, are they not?

424सभी की विशेषता आवश्यक है ना . sabhī kī|key viśhēṣhtā āvaśhyak hai nā . sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 425इनकी विशेषता भी आवश्यक है , आपकी भी आवश्यक है . inkī viśhēṣhtā bhī āvaśhyak hai , āpkī bhī āvaśhyak hai . yah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kī] speciality too x be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kī] too x be[pres.sg.23] .

447You do a lot of service, you remain engaged in service day and night, do you not?

426जैसे बहुत चीजें मिला के अच्छी बन जाती हैं ना टेस्टी , तो ऐसे सभी की विशेषता मिलकर सेवा में टेस्ट आ जाती है . jaisē bahut chījē̃ milā kē|K achchhī ban jātī haĩ nā tasty , tō aisē sabhī kī|key viśhēṣhtā milkar sēvā mē̃ taste ā jātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tasty , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] taste[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . like very thing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) achcha become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ x , then such all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality receive[abs.] service in taste come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 427सभी की विशेषता चाहिए . sabhī kī|key viśhēṣhtā chāhiē . sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

448In the same way, BapDada is giving a massage of love to all the sevadharis from Shantivan, Madhuban, Gyan Sarovar, Hospital, Sangam Bhavan and any other place.

428बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha . 429दादियों ने कहा और पाण्डवों ने माना - ये बहुत अच्छी बात है , जब भी बुलायें हां-जी , हाँ-जी . dādiyō̃ nē kahā aur pāṇḍavō̃ nē mānā - yē bahut achchhī bāt hai , jab bhī bulāyē̃ hā̃-jī , hā̃-jī . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jab bhī[p.] bulānā[opt.pl.12hon3] x , x . Dadi ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and Pandava ∅ (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) - this very achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] , when too call[opt.pl.12hon3] x , x .

449Whoever is serving at any place, all of you experience yourself receiving the massage of love. 450How many names can Baba mention? 451It is the service of all of you.

430आपके संगठन के आधार पर सारा दैवी परिवार चलता है . āpkē saṅgaṭhan kē|K ādhār par sārā daivī parivār chaltā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] daivī parivār[x] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you[.kē] gathering (of|K) basis (at|other) the whole divine family continue[pres.sg.m.23] .

452Since you came, you gave the fortune of service to the sevadharis.

431इसलिए जैसे दादियां निमित्त हैं , वैसे आप भी निमित्त हो . isliē jaisē dādiyā̃ nimitt haĩ , vaisē āp bhī nimitt hō . isliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . therefore like Dadi instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x you too instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

453So, you are first. 454If all of you didn’t come, who would the sevadharis serve?

432जिम्मेवार हो . jimmēvār hō . jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 433हैं या नहीं हैं  ? haĩ yā nahī̃ haĩ  ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] or not be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

455So, importance is of all of you also. 456Achcha.

434सब बात में समझो हम सब सेवा के साथी हैं , यह 10-12 नहीं हैं लेकिन एक हैं , इसमें यज्ञ का शान है . sab bāt mē̃ samjhō ham sab sēvā kē|K sāthī haĩ , yah 10-12 nahī̃ haĩ lēkin ēk haĩ , ismē̃ yagya kā śhān hai . sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] 10-12 nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all matter in understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we all service (of|K) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this 10-12 not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but one be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] sacrificial fire of honour be[pres.sg.23] . 435बाप-दादा सभी को एवररेडी देखकर बहुत खुश हैं , कार्य तो बढ़ने ही हैं . bāp-dādā sabhī kō ever ready dēkhkar bahut khuśh haĩ , kārya tō baṛhnē hī haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ever ready dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada all to ever-ready see[abs.] very happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] , task then grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 436कम तो होने नहीं हैं . cum|kam tō hōnē nahī̃ haĩ . cum|kam[adj.] tō hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|less) then be[inf.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 437संगठन की शक्ति बहुत वायुमण्डल को पावर देता है . saṅgaṭhan kī|key śhakti bahut vāyumaṇḍal kō power dētā hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] power dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti very atmosphere to power give[pres.sg.m.23] .

457To the souls in all directions who are absorbed in BapDada’s love, to all Baba’s sevadhari souls; to the elevated souls whose dharna is all of easy effort; to those who constantly have the aim of becoming equal to the Father and who develop those qualifications; to the souls close to Baba, lots and lots of love, remembrance and namaste from BapDada.

438राइट हैण्ड तो आप लोग हो ना  ! right hand tō āp lōg hō nā  ! right hand[x] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! right hand then you people (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

458Achcha. 459Are the double foreigners OK?

439विशेष राइटहैण्ड हो . viśhēṣh right-hand hō . viśhēṣh[adj.] right hand hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . special right hand (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

460Wave your hands! 461It is very good!

440ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ? 441सोच में तो नहीं हो  ? sōch mē̃ tō nahī̃ hō  ? sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? think[root] in then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ? 442नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .

462You are the double foreigners and so you need a double hall to sit here.

443निमित्त हैं निमित्त बन अंगुली लास्ट तक देनी है . nimitt haĩ nimitt ban aṅgulī last tak dēnī hai . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] last tak dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] instrument (x|become[root]) finger last until give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

463This is why you are made to sit in this double­triple hall.

444अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 445सब ठीक हैं . sab ṭhīk haĩ . sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

464Do the double foreigners like it?

446सेवा में सफलता है ही ना  ? sēvā mē̃ saphaltā hai hī nā  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nā  ? service in success be[pres.sg.23] only ∅  ?

465BapDada also like the unlimited.

447वृद्धि भी हो रही है और विधि भी स्पष्ट हो रही है . vr̥iddhi bhī hō rahī hai aur vidhi bhī spaṣhṭ hō rahī hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . growth too be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and method too clearly be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

466However, even this unlimited has become limited. 467It has become small even now.

448सहज है ना  ? sahaj hai nā  ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

468What will you do now?

449 ( मोहिनी बहन अमेरिका का समाचार सुना रही हैं ) दिल का प्यार ले आया है क्योंकि बापदादा जानते हैं जितना सेवा से प्यार है उतना बाप से भी दिल का प्यार है . ( mōhinī bahan America kā samāchār sunā rahī haĩ ) dil kā pyār lē āyā hai kyōṅki bāpdādā jāntē haĩ jitnā sēvā sē pyār hai utnā bāp sē bhī dil kā pyār hai . ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] America kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+ānā] kyōṅki bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x x America of news speak[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) heart of love take[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+ānā] because BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] the more service from love be[pres.sg.23] x father from too heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .

469Even to the end wall, the hall is completely full. 470Expansion has to take place. 471Achcha, are the double foreigners happy this season? 472Are you happy in Gyan Sarovar?

450तो दिल का प्यार दिल तक पहुंचाता है . tō dil kā pyār dil tak pahuñcātā hai . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then heart of love heart until x be[pres.sg.23] .

473Look! 474Double foreigners are doubly fortunate.

451बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 452यह उड़ती कला की निशानी है . yah uṛtī kalā kī|key niśhānī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this fly[pres-part.f.] degree (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] . 453जैसे स्थूल में उड़करके आये ना . jaisē sthūl mē̃ uṛakarakē āyē nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthūl[adj.] mē̃[postp.] x ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . like physical in x (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ .

475All the Dadis come to you in Gyan Sarovar; you do not need to make the effort to go to them, they come to you.

454तो यह उड़ना , उड़ती कला की विधि को सिद्ध करता है . tō yah uṛnā , uṛtī kalā kī|key vidhi kō siddh kartā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] siddh karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then this fly[inf.m.sg.d.] , fly[pres-part.f.] degree (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method to justify[pres.sg.m.23] . 455अच्छी रफतार ठीक है . achchhī raphatār ṭhīk hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha x OK be[pres.sg.23] .

476You are long­lost and now­found, and so the long­lost and now­found children are not made to work hard.

456वेदान्ती बहन से  : आप छत्रछाया के बीच में हो . Vēdāntī bahan sē  : āp chhatrachhāyā kē|K bīch mē̃ hō . Vēdāntī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.] chhatrachhāyā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Vedanti x from  : you canopy of protection (of|K) centre in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 457सेवा अच्छी चल रही है . sēvā achchhī chal rahī hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . service achcha continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

477You all like it when all the Dadis and Dadas come to you, do you not?

458डोंट केयर . don't care . don't care[x] . “a don’t care” . 459सुदेश बहन से  : सभी को प्यार से चलाओ . sudēś bahan sē  : sabhī kō pyār sē chalāō . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x from  : all to love from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 460पहले इन्हों को ठीक करेंगी फिर होगा . pahlē inhō̃ kō ṭhīk karē̃gī phir hōgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) this to OK do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) be[fut.m.sg.23] .

478Double foreigners generally only see the double foreigners in the season of the double foreigners.

461पहले इन आत्माओं को पक्का करो और ही एक्स्ट्रा पावरफुल स्टेज से . pahlē in ātmāō̃ kō pakkā karō aur hī extra powerful stage sē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur hī[p.] extra powerful stage sē[postp.] . (x|firstly) (this|in) soul to firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and only extra powerful stage from . 462ठीक . ṭhīk . ṭhīk[adj.] . OK .

479Sometimes, you should even see the people of Bharat, and this is why this group has been mixed.

463चक्रधारी बहन से  : रशिया तो अच्छा है . chakradhārī bahan sē  : Russia tō achchhā hai . chakradhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : Russia tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . spinner of the discus x from  : x then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

480Do you like it when it is mixed or when it is separate?

464रिजल्ट अच्छी है . result achchhī hai . result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 465धरनी भी अच्छी है . dharnī bhī achchhī hai . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) too achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 466रशिया की धरनी अच्छी है इसीलिए फल जल्दी निकलता है . Russia kī|key dharnī achchhī hai isīliē phal jaldī nikaltā hai . Russia karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaldī nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) achcha be[pres.sg.23] x fruit very quickly be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .

481You may be double foreigners now, but originally, you are from Bharat. 482Or, are you from foreign lands?

467जो इस समय शान्तिवन की सेवा में हाजिर हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō is samay śhāntivan kī|key sēvā mē̃ hājir haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] is samay[x] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that at this time Shantivan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in present be[pres.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .

483You are from Bharat, are you not? 484Where will you rule? 485In America?

468इन्दौर वाले हाथ उठाओ . Indore vālē hāth uṭhāō . Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Indore those who raise your hands .

486In London? 487Or, in Bharat?

469अच्छी सेवा कर रहे हो , उमंग और उत्साह से सेवा कर रहे हो और अनेकों की दुआयें प्राप्त कर रहे हो . achchhī sēvā kar rahē hō , umaṅg aur utsāh sē sēvā kar rahē hō aur anēkō̃ kī|key duāyē̃ prāpt kar rahē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . achcha service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , zeal and enthusiasm from service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and many (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing reach .

488You will rule in Bharat, will you not? 489This is why this is the confluence of those of Bharat and those of the foreign lands.

470ऐसे ही सदा सेवा में दुआयें लेते रहना . aisē hī sadā sēvā mē̃ duāyē̃ lētē rahnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only constantly service in blessing take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] . 471अशोक मेहता के बच्चे से  : लक्की है ना  ? aśhōk Mēhtā kē|K bachchē sē  : lucky hai nā  ? aśhōk[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.]  : lucky hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? x x (of|K) child from  : lucky be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

490BapDada sees you as the original Bharatwasis, those who will stay in Bharat and who will become Bharatwasis.

472ब्राह्मण परिवार के प्यारे हो . brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K pyārē hō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Brahmin family (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

491Achcha, are all foreigners happy?

473देखो लौकिक परिवार में भी लकी , अलौकिक परिवार में भी लकी . dēkhō laukik parivār mē̃ bhī lucky , alaukik parivār mē̃ bhī lucky . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] laukik[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lucky , alaukik[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lucky . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] worldly family in too lucky , alokik family in too lucky .

492Look how well you raise your hands!

474अभी क्या करेगें जाकर  ? abhī kyā karēgē̃ jākar  ? ab[adv.hī] kyā x jānā[abs.]  ? now what x go[abs.]  ?

493It is very good.

475आज क्या पाठ पढ़ा  ? āj kyā pāṭh paṛhā  ? āj kyā pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|paṛhānā[root]  ? today what lesson (study[past-part.m.sg.d.]|teach[root])  ?

494Are the teachers happy?

476 ( गुस्सा कम करेंगे ) तो यहाँ गुस्सा छोड़कर जा रहे हो . ( gussā cum|kam karē̃gē ) tō yahā̃ gussā chhōṛkar jā rahē hō . ( gussā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) tō yahā̃ gussā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chhōṛnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . ( anger (x|less) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) then here anger renounce[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

495Are those who have come in the groups happy?

477जब भी गुस्सा आवे ना तो यह हाल इमर्ज करना . jab bhī gussā āvē nā tō yah hāl|hall emerge karnā . jab bhī[p.] gussā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nā tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall emerge karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . when too anger come[opt.sg.23] ∅ then this (x|hall) emerge do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

496All of you, wave your hands!

478बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

497Very good.

479ऐसे ही खिले हुए रूहे गुलाब बनना . aisē hī khilē huē rūhē gulāb bannā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] khilnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khilnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rūhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only (in bloom[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|in bloom[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] spiritual rose become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

498* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used